LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 

Wiap Copyright No....._ 

SlieltTIli^O 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



SECOND COPY, 
1899. 






Illustrated Catalogue 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 



/npROVED /^AcniNE Tools 



FOR WORKING METAL 



DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED BY 

WILLIA/H SELLERS & CO.. incorporated. 

PniLADELPhlA. PA.. U. S. A. 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

Patent Quick-return Planing-Machines, Lathes, Drill-Presses, Drill- and Tool-Grinding Machines, 
Steam-Hammers, Steam- and Hydraulic-Riveters, Punches, and Shears, Bolt-Cutters, 
Wheel-Presses, Hoisting-Machines, Swing-Cranes, High-Speed Power Travel- 
ling-Cranes, Boring- and Turning-Mills, Cylinder-Borers, Car-Wheel 
Borers, Testing-Machines, Injectors for all kinds of Service, 
Shafting, Pulleys, Hangers, Couplings, Turn-Tables, 



PHILADELPHIA: 
LEVYTYPE COMPANY, ENGRAVERS AND 
1899. 









I 6 W'^ Q 



34718 

COPYRIGHT, 1899, 



WILLIAM SELLERS & CO., INCORPORATED. 



Y ■■■■ ■ 

'1 MA' 






-^ 



IFntrobuction. 

IN presenting a new edition of our Catalogue we have endeav- 
ored to illustrate as many as possible of the machines which 
we have added to our list since our last edition was published; 
but the progress of machine construction is so rapid that it is 
impossible to keep a work of this kind thoroughly up to date. 

We have in progress at the present time a number of new 
machines which we would greatly like to illustrate, but which will 
not be completed in time for the present issue. Besides adding 
many new and improved tools to our list of manufactures we 
have thoroughly revised many of our standard products, making 
those changes in detail which experience has demonstrated would 
increase their efficiency or durability and substituting new designs 
where it was found advantageous to do so. At best this publica- 
tion is necessarily incomplete; it is intended more as an indication 
of our general line of work, than an exact catalogue of our pro- 
ductions. 

If, therefore, intending purchasers should not find herein 
machines which meet their requirements in capacity or kind, we 
may nevertheless be prepared to furnish what they want, and we 
solicit their inquiries and specifications. 

WIVl. SELLERS & CO., INCORPORATED. 



AWARDS RECEIVED 



WM. SELLERS & CO., Incorporated. 



Gold Medal, Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, - - 1854 

Gold Medal, Maryland Institute, Baltimore, - - - 1857 

Gold Medal, Exposition Universelle, Paris, - - - 1867 

Three Medals, American Institute, New York, - - 1869 

Five Medals and the Grand Diploma of Honor, Vienna, 1873 

Three Medals, International Exhibition, Philadelphia, - 1876 

Grand Prize, Exposition Universelle, Paris, - - - 1889 

Three Medals, World's Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893 



W/n. SELLERS & CO. 

INCORPORATED 
ENGINEERS /nACHINISTS 

Wm. Sellers, President and Engineer, 
John Sellers, Jr., Vice-Pres. & Treas. J. Sellers Bancroft, Manager, 
Justus H. Schwacke, Secretary, Coleman Sellers, Jr., Asst. Manager, 

D. L. LuKENS, Purchasing Agent, Wilfred Lewis, Asst. Engineer. 



Wm. SELI.ERS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Bolt and Nut=Screwing Machines. 

THE essential features of these machines were first put into practice by us, 
and for many years we were the only makers of Bolt-Cutting Machines 
that operated with self-opening dies, and yet cut the bolt as with a solid 
die. The advantages claimed are, — 

1. The dies revolve and the bolt is stationary, which enables the workman 
to put in a fresh bolt without stopping the machine, and on long bolts is much 
more convenient than to revolve the bolt. 

2. The motion of the dies is always in one direction, and the bolt is cut at 
one operation. The dies open while they are revolving, consequently they leave 
no mark on the thread. 

3. The dies never run backward. The cutting edge will last much longer 
than when the motion of the die is reversed. 

4. The dies are adjustable, so as to compensate for wear. 

5. The dies can be changed without taking off any of the die-holding appa- 
ratus, and in less time than they can be changed in a common hand-screwing 
stock. 

6. The bolt-holder is arranged so as always to chuck the bolts in the cen- 
tre of the dies, thus insuring correct work. 

7. The self-acting oil-feeder insures thorough lubrication of the dies, 
effectually prevents their heating, and is so arranged as to wash the chips out of 
the die-box. 

8. The automatic self -opening attachment insures uniformity in length of 
bolt threaded. 

9. Die-box is provided with four dies, equally spaced, insuring accurate 
work. Each pair of dies calliper the bolt while being cut, thus making the bolt 
round and to gauge. 

10. Is fitted for use as a nut-tapping machine, with automatic lubrication 
of the tap. 

On the back of the large driving wheel is an index or pointer, which must 
be set to numbers given on a card sent with each machine. When so set, the 
bolt will fit a nut cut with the tap of corresponding size sent with machine. An 
adjustment of the index, one way or the other, will cause the bolt cut to be larger 
or smaller, thus permitting the thread to be adapted to the use required of it, and 
also permitting an adjustment of dies to compensate for wear. 

Some important improvements have been added to these machines, viz., a 
slight change in the mode of driving has enabled us to run them at a higher 
speed, and a ifovel oil-feeding device supplies the oil to the back of the dies, 
whence flowing out, it thoroughly lubricates the cutters and the bolt end, and 
washes out the chips as they are cut from the bolt. A regulating cock in the 
feed-pipe directs the oil either to the dies as above stated, or to the tap when the 
machine is used as a nut tapper. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 7 



Plate No. 1. 




BOIvT AND NUT-SCREWING MACHINE. 



With improved die box ; dies adjustable to compensate for wear; automatic 
opening device adjustable to suit length of thread required ; self-acting oil feeder 
for taps and dies ; complete with countershaft, wrenches, oil pump and circulating 
pipes, with eight sets of taps, tap-holders and dies for bolts and nuts from I4" to 



%' 



Fast and loose pulleys \2" diameter, 4" face. 
Hobs and collars for recntting dies, extra. 



200 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Bolt and Nut=Screwing Machines. — Continued. 

A convenient adjustable stop-motion is provided to open the dies automat- 
ically when a given length of thread has been cut. 

These machines are usually fitted with dies for cutting V threads only, and, 
when not otherwise specified, we furnish taps and dies corresponding with the 
United States standard, which was rt commended for general adoption by the 
Franklin Institute of the State of Pennsylvania, December zj, i86^. We are also 
prepared to furnish taps and dies for U^hitworth standard threads. 

We can adapt dies for cutting coarse- threaded wood or " lag " screws, and 
so also dies for cutting square threads ; in case of the latter, it is advisable to 
make the cut with more than once going over, to produce smooth work. Unless 
specially ordered to the contrary, our machines are always adjusted tociit threads 
to standard diameters, and if over-sized iron is used in bolts, it should be swaged 
down to the proper size on part where screw is to be cut. 

To sharpen the dies, they must be softened, and then recut with hobs, 
which we make for this purpose, but which are not included ni the price of the 
machine. 

With each machine we send full printed directions for setting the dies and 
for repairing them. All parts of our bolt machines are made to gauge, and dies 
fitted to one machine can be used in any other machine of the same size of our 
make. We can therefore make new dies of any required thread to be used in any 
one of these machines, without having the machine in which they are to be used 
to fit them to. 

This is of great importance in the case of special dies being needed for any 
purpose, when the user of the machine has no conveniences for producing new 
dies. The sharpening or cutting of the dies is readily done by any mechanic, but 
either blank dies or dies finished ready for use can be furnished to those who do 
not desire to make them. 



Table of Sizes. 



Size of 
Machine. 


No. of Taps 
Range of Cut. and Dies 

sent with each 


Size of „ -^ , 
Machine. { ^^nge of Cut. 


No. of Taps 

and Dies 

sent with each. 




\"io \" 8 

f^" X,o\ " ' 8 

V'toW H 

\" to 2 " 8 


'iV 1 "iolV 
\" L'/'to4'' 


8 
9 
9 



Hobs and collars for recutting dies, extra. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 9 



Plate No. 2. 




1" PATENT DUPLEX BOLT AND NUT-SCREWING MACHINE. 



With improved die box ; dies adjustable for wear ; patent operating device ; 
automatic die-opening attachment adjustable to length of thread required ; self- 
acting oil feeders for taps and dies ; heads stopped and started independent!}' ; 
complete with countershaft, wrenches, oil pump and circulating pipes, eight sets of 
taps and dies for bolts and nuts from ui" to i" ; fast and loose pulleys 12" diameter, 
4" face, 280 rotations per minute. 

Hobs and collars for recutting dies, extra. 
Note. — This machine is also built sing/c, that is, with one die head and carriage. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 3. 




PATENT BOLT AND NUT-SCREWING MACHINE. 



With improved die box ; dies adjustable for wear ; patent operating de- 
vice ; automatic die-opening device, adjustable to suit length of thread required ; 
self-acting oil feeders for taps and dies ; complete with countershaft, wrenches, 
oil pump, circulating pipes and eight sets of taps, tap-holders and dies for bolts 
and nuts from J4" to i^i"; Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft are lo" 
diameter, 4" face and should make 200 revolutions per minute. 

Hobs and collars for recutting dies, extra. 



Wm. Sellers &. Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 4. 




BOIvT AND NUT-SCREWING MACHINE. 



With improved die box ; dies adjustable to compensate for wear ; auto- 
matic die-opening attachment, adjustable to length of thread required; self-acting 
oil feeder for taps and dies ; complete with countershaft, wrenches, oil pumps, 
circulating pipes, and eight sets of taps, tap-holders and dies for bolts and nuts 
from i" to 2^2". Fast and loo,se pulleys are 20" diameter, 4" face; 200 rotations 
per minute. 

Hobs and collars for recutting dies, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia. Pa. 



M- 



Vertical DrilUPresses. 



AXIMUM output of work on a drill press or any other machine tool, de- 
mands a power feed which is adjustable to exactly suit the tool, the hard- 
ness of the material and the speed. Two or three feeds on a drill press 
are not enough, because they are rarely exactly right ; as a result it is frequently 
noticed that the operator prefers to feed by hand. If the work to be done is 
always the same, a fixed rate of feed and a fixed speed will answer, but with holes 
varying through a large range of diameters in all kinds of material, the ideal feed 
motion must have an infinite number of variations, differing one from another by 
the minutest shades. This condition is exactly met b}^ our improved disc feed. 
Moreover, the changes are made instantly, by shifting a convenient hand lever, 
and the feed produced is continuous, not intermittent. 

Our Vertical Drills are provided with back gear for heavy drilling and bor- 
ing; but for ordinary work the spindle is driven by belts alone, so that they are 
noiseless at high speeds, and have that smoothness of motion which is required 
for very delicate work. The back gear is not usually required except for very 
large drills. 

The steel spindle slides in a sleeve supported in two bearings with the driv- 
ing wheels between them, so that the steel spindle is not subject to the side strains 
of belt or gears, and it is so long that the ends never run into the sleeve, thus in- 
suring a constant length of bearing. Our spindles are counterbalanced and move 
easily and rapidl}' by hand ; — one turn of the nut serves to move the drill i J4". 
The end thrust is taken on a small hard step, which produces less frictional loss 
than the collars ordinarily employed, and is more easily lubricated. 

A convenient gauge is provided for drilling or counterboring a number of 
holes to a uniform depth, all handles are grouped so as to be most convenient 
to the operator, and the greatest care is taken to secure accuracy of workmanship. 

The tables, being raised and lowered by power, can be set to suit the length 
of the drill and the height of the work; thus obviating in most cases the use of the 
long extensions which are required with fixed heads and fixed tables. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 
Plate No. 5. 



13 




45" VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE— with Circular Table. 



Overreach 22.}" from centre of drill t<> Fa 
plate. Circular table 32" diameter, carried 
arranged to swing to one side to accommud 
table, 24". Height of spindle-bearitig al)(>\ 
Stroke, 17.}". Automatic power-feed adjll^l: 
quick hand traverse. All handles convenie 
counter-bores, sample drill socket, ciumlersh 
loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter 
per minute. Largest lift of cone ]ndle\ on n 



ighl secured to slotted floor- 
and lowei-ed by power, and 
ate. Vertical adjustment of 
nueter of .steel spindle, 2.\" 
linnigh a great range. \"er 
iiished with depth-'gauoe fi 
-ht-iron wreuches. ' 1-asl an 
should make 1 10 revolutioi 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 6. 




45" VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE— with Compound Table. 



Overreach 22^" from center of dies to face of column. 

Upright secured to slotted floor- plate. Compound table 22" square, carried 
upon bracket raised and lowered by power and arranged to swing to one side to 
accommodate work on floor-plate ; bracket carrying table provided with bearing 
for lower end of boring-bar. Vertical adjustment of table, 24". Height of spindle 
bearing above floor- plate, 5 feet. Diameter of steel spindle, 2}^", stroke of spindle, 
17)4". Automatic power-feed adjustable through a wide range by simple lever. 

Furnished with countershaft, wrenches, sample drill-socket and gauge for 
depth of counter-bores. Fast and loose pulleys 10" diameter, 4" face ; no rota- 
tions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



15 



Plate No. 7. 




45" VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE— with Compound Table. 



Shown with table bracket swinging off to one side so as to give access to 
large work on floor-plate ; compound table, 22" square, adjustable by screws in 
two directions. 

Bracket carrying table is provided with a bearing to steadj'- lower end of 
boring-bar. Vertical adjustment of table, 24" ; height of spindle bearing above 
floor, 5 feet ; diameter of steel spindle, lYi" ; stroke, 17J4." ; automatic power-feed 
adjustable instantly and through a great range ; machine furnished with depth 
gauge for counterbores, sample drill socket, countershaft, and set of wrenches. 
Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" in diameter and 4" face ; thej' should 
make no revolutions per minute. Largest lift of cone pulley on machine is 15" 
diameter for 3" belt. 



1 6 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 9. 




36" VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE— with Rectangular Table. 

Overreach i8" from centre of drill to face of upright. Plain table 26" long 
by 18" v/ide, raised and lowered by power. Travel 30". Diameter of spindle, 
2tV'; stroke of spindle, 12". Lower bearing 5 feet above floor. Automatic power- 
feed adjustable instantly and through a great range; very quick hand traverse. 
All handles conveniently located. When back-gear is out spindle is driven by belt 
motion direct. Depth gauge for counter-bores, sample drill socket, countershaft, 
and set of wrenches provided. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" dia- 
meter, 4" face, and should make no revolutions per minute. Largest lift of cone 
pulley, 13" diameter for 3" belt. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Pl.\te No. 10. 




36" VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE— with Circular Table. 



Overreach i8" from centre of drill to face of upright ; round table 26" 
diameter, carried on swinging bracket from saddle, raised and lowered by 
power; travel 30"; diameter of steel spindle, 2^\."\ stroke of spindle, 12". 

Floor to end of spindle in highest position, 5 feet ; automatic power-feed 
instantly adjustable through wide range ; very quick hand traverse ; all handles 
conveniently located. 



i8 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Rail Drilling Machines. 

WHEN the mills first began to roll steel rails, it was soon found that 
some means must be devised to drill the splice plate holes cheaply and 
expeditiously. This led to a demand for special drill presses, and we 
were early in the field with our 2-spindle drills, many of which were sold to the 
leading mills. 

We have kept closely in touch with this branch of manufacture, and have 
modified our designs to meet the more exacting requirements of modern practice. 
We illustrate, in the following plates, a number of forms designed for various kinds 
of work. The service expected of a rail drill is hard, and the treatment accorded 
it severe. Our machines are all designed to meet these conditions. The construc- 
tion is simple, the parts strong ; the spindle is supported as close as possible to the 
drills and the gearing is well protected by suitable covers. The saddle carrying 
the drill spindles is counterbalanced and provided with a simple and efficient feed 
gearing, which can be instantly engaged or disengaged, while a hand wheel 
affords an easy means for withdrawing the drills after the completion of the holes. 
Our spindle thrust is taken on hardened steel steps instead of collars, and fric- 
tional resistance greatly reduced thereby. 

The speed of these machines is high and the feed per rotation moderate, as 
these conditions seem to be the most satisfactory for this class of work. 

We earnestly recommend the use of our drill grinding machine in connec- 
tion with these drill presses. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 11 




TWO-SPINDLE RAIL DRILLING MACHINE. 



With rectangular column having projecting base for rail with powerful clamp- 
vise and adjustable backing for securing rail in proper position. End stop reversible 
to make machine right or left. Spindles supported throughout, adjustable from 
3" to 8" centre to centre. Thrust taken on hardened steel steps instead of collars ; 
no projecting ends to cause bearings to wear "bell mouth." Drills fed simul- 
taneously by powerful feed gear stopped and started by positive feed clutch operat- 
ing instantaneously. Complete with countershaft and wrenches. Fast and loose 
pulleys 20" diameter, 4" face, 186 rotations per minute. 



20 Wm. SEI.LERS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 12 




THREE-SPINDLE RAIL DRILLING MACHINE. 



Spindles adjustable from 3" to 12" from centre to centre. Powerful vise 
with adjustable backing plate and reversible end stop. Spindles supported close 
to rail, no long projecting ends. Hardened steel steps instead of collars. Drills 
feed simultaneously by powerful feed- gear operated through positive clutch, 
counterweighted and quickly adjustable by hand. Gears carefully covered. 
Complete with countershaft and wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys 20" diameter, 
5j4" face ; 250 rotations per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 21 



Plate No. 13. 




THREE-SPINDLE RAIL DRILLING MACHINE— with Post on One Side. 



Made right and left. Arranged so that rails may be moved back without 
shifting endwise. Spindles adjustable from 3" to 12" from centre to centre. 
Drills fed simultaneously. Spindle thrust taken on hardened steel steps, and 
spindles supported close to discs. Power-feed operated through quick and con- 
venient clutch, head counterbalanced and quickly adjustable by hand. Powerful 
vise, adjustable backing and substantial end stop. Countershaft, fast and loose 
pulleys 20" diameter, 5J/." face; 250 rotations per minute. 



;22 "Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 14. 




THREE-SPiNDLE DRILLING MACHINE. 
WITH Compound Base for Girder Rails. 
Especially arranged for drilling girder rails up to 12" high. Column ad- 
justable by power through distance of 5}^", for drilling parallel rows of holes — 
adjustable by hand in direction of rail length, for right or left lead. Adjustable 
stops for both movements. Spindles adjustable from 3" to 12" centres. With 
clamp-vise, end stops, pump, tanks, strainer and circulating pipes. Fast and 
loose pulleys on countershaft 20" diameter, 5}^" face, 250 rotations per minute. 
Auxilliary drilling head for bond wire holes, extra. 



\V:m. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 23 



Plate No. 15. 




FIVE-SPINDLE DRILLING MACHINE. 
FOR Girder Rails — Electric Motors. 

Especially designed for girder rails from 3" to 9" high. Arranged with 
the three drills for splice-plate bolt holes, which are adjustable from 3" to 12", 
on one side; on the other side are two for bond wire holes which are adjustable 
either horizontally or vertically. A special adjustable chuck for holding rails is 
provided. Machines made right and left, wheels carefully protected and handles 
conveniently arranged. Rail rests on lower flange, is securely clamped, and 
spindles are fed simultaneously by power ; quick hand adjustment for all spindles. 
Complete with motors, starting boxes and wrenches. 



24 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 16. 




EYE-BAR DRILLING MACHINE. 

Drilliiig-lieads counterbalanced by weights inside of uprights. Vertical 
adjustment of heads, lo". Height from floor to top of table, 27". Adjustable 
friction feed for heads with quick hand traverse. Diameter of spindle, 2H"- 
Ratio of back-gearing, sH to i. Maximum distance between heads to suit 
requirements. 

Especially designed for bridge work. Eye bars put in from front and 
passed out back when finished. Heads are united by steel bars and can slide 
freely on bed ; the expansion of the bars being the same as that of the bridge 
links being bored, uniformity in length of finished work is assured. Work is 
supported upon projections from upright, hence strains are self contained. 



i 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



25 



Plate No. 17. 




DOUBLE DRILLING MACHINE. 

FOR Connecting Rods, Bridge Chords, etc. 

Two powerful drill presses, adjustable along a heavy work table with bolt 
slots, spindle, 314" diameter, 12" stroke. Overreach of spindles, 12" from face of 
column. Powerful feed adjustable through wide range, and quick hand traverse 
to counterbalanced spindle. Driven bj' independent electric motors, or by 
countershaft when preferred. Very powerful, substantial and convenient. 



26 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Multiple Drilling Machines. 



WE illustrate in the following pages, a variety of multiple vertical drills, 
which are made to meet different requirements. Such machines are 
more or less special in character, and are most useful where frequent 
repetition is needed, but some are sufficiently general to possess a wide range of 
usefulness. 

The general use of steel in boiler work and the demand for drilled rivet 
holes, has directed increased attention to this class of machines, and many new 
arrangements have been devised in consequence ; some for drilling the flat sheets 
before bending ; others for drilling the rivet holes after the boilers have been 
partly assembled. We have endeavored in these machines to maintain the high 
efficiency which we have attained in our other drilling machines, and to adopt 
only constructions which are durable as well as convenient. In addition to those 
illustrated, we have other machines for special purposes, such as car truck chan- 
nels, arch bars, spring seats, boiler tubes, condenser sheets, etc. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 27 



Plate No. 18. 




FOUR-SPINDLE VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE. 



For plates 5 feet wide. Height under cross-head in highest position, 12". 
Spindles are carried upon saddle moving in cross-head by which thej' may be 
adjusted simultaneously through dividing gear at the end of the cross-head. 
Minimum distance between any two adjacent spindles, 6". Total length of sad- 
dle, about 4 feet. Guide-bar, 8 feet long, provided with clamps for holding plates. 
Spindles all adjustable by hand, to suit length of drills used. The machine com- 
plete with countershaft, wrought-iron wrenches, change gear for clamping bar and 
saddle, four sets of supporting rollers, with shafts and stands. Largest lift of 
cone, 30" diameter, 4" face. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 24" diame- 
ter, 5" face. Speed of countershaft, 275 revolutions per minute. 

Made also with plain work table, without rollers or spacing mechanism. 



28 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 19. 




■■■■■■■■■■I 



FOUR-SPINDLE VERTICAL DRILLING MACHINE. 

For plates 8 feet wide. Spindles 211" diameter; 9" stroke, adjustable along 
cross-head, together or independently; minimum distance from centre to centre, 8". 
Cross-rail carrying drilling-heads counterbalance and quickly adjustable by hand. 
Has power-feed through positive gearing. Spindles adjustable independently by 
our patent holdfast, so that any drill may be withdrawn or replaced without stop- 
ping the others. 

Plain work-table with slot and bolt-holes. Fast and loose pulleys on counter- 
shaft, 24" diameter, 6" face; 330 rotations per minute. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



29 



Plate No. 20. 




EIGHT-SPINDLE DRILLING MACHINE— for Spur Wheels. 



For drilling connecting bolt holes in parted spur wheels for electric street 
cars. The half wheel is set in a jig, centered by pin shown in work table and by 
turning half way round, a second half is brought under the drills, while the finished 
piece is replaced with another blank. This is an example of a special tool of 
limited application, but great efficiency. Useful only for duplicating work in 
large quantities. Speeds and feeds arranged for steel and cast iron. 



30 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 21. 




NINE-SPINDLE BOILER-SHELL DRILLING MACHINE. 



For drilling transverse seams in cylindrical boilers from 3 ft. to 7 ft. in 
diameter. Spindles arranged in groups of three on brackets carried upon massive 
columns. Adjustment for rivet pitches made by swivelling spindles and adjust- 
ing them along the brackets. Spindles i^" diameter, stroke 8", length of bed 
20 ft., complete with roller stands for supporting boiler shell. Electric motor on 
each bracket for operating spindles. Separate motor for moving columns along 
bed and raising and lowering brackets to suit changes in diameter. Water tanks 
and spouts for lubricating drills. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 31 



Plate No. 2'. 




TEN-SPINDI.E BOILER-SHELL DRILLING MACHINE. 
For longitudinal seams in cylindrical boilers from 3 ft. to 7 ft. in diameter. 
Spindles in two groups of 5 each, carried by brackets on heavy columns, adjust- 
able along the bed. Diameter of spindles i^". maximum distance between drill 
centres 12", minimum 6", length of bed 20 ft. Each column provided with elec- 
tric motor for moving it along the bed, and each bracket has a motor for operat- 
ing the drills. Brackets counterbalanced. Roller stands to carry boilers. Tanks 
and spouts for lubricating all the drills. 



32 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 23. 



4 
1 


41 ^^, 


- - , 


^i&^--A4, 


V 


fe^i.'A*A. 


H^rii"i'i ^^^^^bBBBB^BmEWI 


mm 






y y i; ' 


Y V V '' 


I:!-Ti|- 


::;^^; 


"iif^?^ 


- rUH 


W 


* 


i 


I m. 







TWELVE-SPINDLE BOILER-PLATE DRILLING MACHINE. 



For flat sheets. Drills arranged in four groups of three spindles, each 
group having its own feed gear ; spindles adjustable together or independently. 
Diameter of spindles, 2^4". Stroke, 12". Maximum length of sheet, 24 ft. Driven 
by electric motor. Plain work table with bolt slots and water channels, spindles 
counterbalanced. Made also with one radial drilling head on each saddle radius 
adjustable from 13" to 48". 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 33 



Plate No. 24. 









FOURTEEN-SPINDLE DRILUNG AND BORING MACHINE. 
FOR Water Tube Boilers. 

Has eight heavy drilling spindles and six boring cutters for flue holes. 
Width betw'^en uprights 8 feet. Work supported upon rollers and fed by slide 
15 feet Jong arranged with spacing mechani.sm. Spindles fed together, but drill 
spindles adjustable independently. Traverse of work 14 feet long. Power feed 
and hand adjustment. Operated by electric motor. 



34 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 




Universal Drilling Machine. 

The Universal Drilling Machine, shown on the opposite page, has been 
found very convenient for a great variety of work, especially for certain large 

pieces which it is difficult to move about. 
Such work is placed either in a pit at one 
side of the machine or upon a floor-plate. 
The drilling-head is carried on the end of 
the radial arm in such a manner that the 
spindle may be set in a horizontal plane, a 
vertical plane, or a plane inclined at any 
angle to the surface of the table; and it may 
be swung to any angle in either plane. 
The radial arm is adjustable in height above 
the table up to 4 feet. These features en- 
able the machine to drill holes in almost any 
conceivable position within the space covered by its limits of travel. 

This machine is driven by a vertical 
shaft passing through the centre of the 
column, carrying on its upper end, pul- 
ley or bevel gears, as may be required 
by the location. The column, 15" diame- 
ter, is mounted on a table 6 feet in 
diameter and 30" high, convenient for 
holding w^ork. The operating cranks 
and hand wheels are conveniently 
grouped for easy manipulation and a 
clutch for stopping and starting is ar- 
ranged at the base of the column. 

The circular table is provided with 
a door, and forms a convenient closet 
for tools. The cone-pullej's operating 

the spindle are carried on one side 
of the radial arm, within easy reach of 
the operator. The cone has four steps 
for 2^" belt, and back- gear has a ratio 
of nine to one. 

Made with or without power feed. 
Radial arm is adjustable horizontally by 
hand, but is raised or lowered by power 
or by hand. Extreme radius of drill 
from centre of column is 8 feet. 




T=^ 




Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



35 



f 



Plate No. 25. 




UNIVERSAI. DRILLING MACHINE- 

Will rotate through complete circle. Diameter of drill spiiuUe. 2I2". 
Stroke, I?". Largest lift of cone, 12" diameter, for 2 !_>" belt. Fast and loose 
pulleys on countershaft, 16" by 4", making 180 revolutions per minute. Com- 
plete with countershaft, pulleys and hangers, and set of wrenches. 



36 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Radial Drilling flachines. 

Three sizes of these tools are shown, viz : 54", 72" and 96" ; so-called from 
the length of the radial arm. In these machines the arm is hinged to a saddle 
carried upon the face of a rectangular column or upright ; it is easily rotated by 
hand and is raised and lowered by power, by means of a hand lever at the base of 
the upright. The arm is thus quickly adjusted to the proper height to suit the 
work, and as the saddle, which carries the arm, is so fitted and is of such length 
as not to require any clamping to place, this adjustment of height is rendered 
extremely simple. These points are of great importance in a machine of this 
kind, since the value of a radial drill consists primarily in the ease with which 
the tool can be moved to the work or shifted over the various parts of the work 
requiring to be drilled. In another form of radial drill which is frequently seen, 
the arm is carried by a sleeve which rotates around a cylindrical column. In this 
case the height of the arm is fixed, and the work must either be blocked up to 
suit the height of the machine, or extension pieces must be used to lower the 
drill to the work ; while the large diameter of the bearing surfaces on the column 
makes the friction of turning unnecessaril}^ great. These objections are both 
avoided in our machines. 

The feed-motion is obtained through our improved adjustable feed-discs. 
It has a wide range through two series, one when back gear is out, the other 
when it is in; and can be put on or off instantaneously by a tap of the hand on a 
lever close to the hand wheel. 

All the adjustments of the machine are quickly made, the shifting of the 
back gear into or out of use being as readily done as on any well-made turning 
lathe. 

We arrange a convenient clamp at the bottom joint of the radial arm to 
enable it to be secured in position ; but if the drills used are correctly formed and 
run true, the arm needs no clamping to place when drilling. 

The machines are provided with substantial, well-braced uprights, secured 
to a slotted bed or floor- plate. The cone pulley is placed at the foot of the 
upright, in a convenient position for changing the speed ; from this pulley belts 
are carried to the drill spindle over guide pulleys, and without the intervention of 
any gear wheels, thus utilizing the system of belt driving, proved to be of so 
much value on all of our various styles of vertical and horizontal drills. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 37 



Plate No. 26. 




54" RADIAL DRILLING MACHINE. 



LTpright carried by slotted bed or floor-plate. Maximum overreach of 
spindle from centre of rotation of arm, 43". Spindle, 21",/' diameter, 12" stroke. 
Greatest height from floor to nose of spindle, 5 ft. 2". Arm carrj'ing drilling-head 
adjustable vertically by power. Improved friction feed, counterbalanced spindle. 
Machine complete with countershaft, wrenches, depth gauge for counterbores. 
sample drill socket, and slotted table for work, 22" square, 30" high. Fast and 
loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter, 4" face. They should make 1 10 revo- 
lutions per minute. Largest lift of cone pulley, 13" diameter for 3" belt. 



3S Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Radial Drilling Machines. — {Continued.') 

The excellence of design of our radial drills (the result of careful study and 
modification of the original machine) is universally admitted by all who have used 
these tools, and is frankly attested by other manufacturers, several of whom have 
brought out machines which are copies of ours in every respect, — excepting certain 
important details, which happen to be protected by letters -patent, — thus affording 
additional proof that the salient features of our machines are recognized as valu- 
able, both by our customers and our competitors. 

Among the merits which we claim for our designs, we may briefly call 
attention to the very convenient grouping of the operating levers and handles, 
which enables the attendant to move the drill by a hand wheel on the saddle, 
rotate the arm, vary the feed, throw out the back gear, throw in or throw out the 
feed, all without moving from his position immediately in front of the drill. 

Great attention has been paid to obtaining this convenient arrangement of 
operating parts, and equal care has been taken to properly proportion the various 
pieces in order to prevent springing or vibration, to reduce the friction and in- 
crease the durability of the machine. 

It will be observed that the spindle is brought as close as posible to the 
face of the swinging arm so as to reduce to a minimum the tendency to twist the 
arm, and that the hinges or pintles af the arm are small in diameter and far apart, 
thus insuring, at the same time, great stiffness and ease of turning. The arm it- 
self is proportioned with the view to making it rigid for the severest work to 
which the machine may be subjected. 

The raising or lowering of the arm and the shifting of the belt on the driv- 
ing-cone do not require the close observation of the drill itself demanded in the 
other movements, and these are the only operations which take the attendant from 
his place in front of the drill. 

The convenient arrangement of details which we have indicated, conduces 
to the daily output (without undue effort on the part of the attendant) of the 
largest amount of work of which such tools are capable, while the generous pro- 
portions and correct distribution of metal insures stability of the machine in con- 
stant use. 

A square table, 30" high, is furnished with slots for holding-bolts on top 
and one side for convenient and quick clamping of small work. 

We make various modifications of these machines for special purposes, thus 
in one case three uprights each supporting an eight-foot drilling-arm are arranged 
with a slotted work-table 4 feet wide by 32 feet long for drilling boiler and ship 
plates. In this arrangement each drilling-head is driven by a separate electric 
motor. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



39 



Plate No. 27 




72" RADIAL DRILLING MACHINE. 

Upright carried by slotted bed or floor-plate. Maximum oven-each of 
spindle from centre of rotation of arm, 59". Spindle, 2>^" diameter, 17 '4" 
stroke. Greatest height from floor to nose of spindle, 67". Arm carrj'ing drill- 
ing-head adjustable vertically by power. Improved friction feed, counterbalanced 
spindle. Machine complete with countershaft, wrenches, depth-gauge for 
counterbores, and sample drill socket. Slotted table for work, 24" square, 30" 
high. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter, 4" face. They 
should make iio revolutions per minute. Largest lift of cone pulley, 15" 
diameter, 3I4" belt. 



40 



Wm. Sei^lers & Co., Incorporated, Philadei.piiia, Pa. 



Plate No. 28 




96" RADIAL DRILLING MACHINE. 

Upright carried by slotted bed or floor-plate. Maximum overreach of 
spindle from centre of rotation of arm, 83". Spindle, 2^2" diameter, ^^yi" 
stroke. Greatest height from floor to nose of spindle, 67". Arm carrying drill- 
ing-head adjustable vertically by power. Improved friction feed, counterbal- 
anced spindle. Machine complete with countershaft, wrenches, depth gauge for 
counterbores, and sample drill socket. Slotted table for work, 24" square, 30" 
high. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter, 4" face. They 
should make iio revolutions per minute. Largest lift of cone pulley, 15" for 
7>%" belt. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 41 

Plate No. 29. 




72" RADIAL DRir^I^lNG MACHINK— ARRANGED FOR Attachi 
Can be modified for attaclinieiit to a wall. Radial arm cmiiUt l..il:nKca .ni 
lifting screw for adjustment. Vertical traverse ou slidr i- u. K:i.lius ,.l -i>in.ll. 
5 ft 9". Spindle. 2"," diameter, 17" stroke. Power-rer.Ki.lju-.lal>K lln nu-li \\ i 
tion. Belt driven when back gear is out. Complete witli wicuclus, c.nniUi '-li;i 
and loose pulleys, lo" diameter, 4'' face, no revolutions per minute. 



.•heel: 
ofarr 
feed 1 



42 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 30 




TRAVKRSH-IJRILL WITH COTTKR DRILLING ATTACHMENT. 
FOR Keyseats, Slots, etc. 

Space between uprights, 50^4". Height of cross-head from floor, 52". 
Overreach of spindle, 10". Transverse travel of drill-spindle, 3 ft. Will cotter or 
drill holes 10" from the edge of a plate or key-seat cj^inders 20" diameter, of any 
length. Table, 24" square, with 24" motion at right angles to the plane in 
which the saddle moves ; table raised and lowered by power. Complete with 
countershaft, full set of wrenches, and sample drill socket. Fast and loose 
pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter, 4" face. Should make no revolutions per 
minute. Quickly convertable into plain vertical drill press when required. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 43 



Plate No. 31. 




TRAVERSE-DRILL WITHOUT COTTER ATTACHMENT. 



Distance between uprights, 74". Height under cross-head from floor, 52". 
Diameter of spindle, 2^" ; stroke of spindle, 17 '4". Feed of saddle along cross- 
head by hand only. Power feed of spindle through improved friction discs. 
Machine complete with countershaft, full set of wrenches, and sample drill socket. 
Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter, 4" face. Should make no 
revolutions per minute. 



Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Horizontal Drilling and Boring flachines. 



These machines, designed to bore and drill horizontall}^ work resting on a 
table, have been considered bj' some as coming next to the lathe in usefulness. 
They will drill work that cannot be operated on in an ordinary vertical drill press, 
and have all the advantages of a facing lathe for some kinds of work. 

Marked advantages which these machines have lie in the nature of the 
feed -motion, which, bj^ use of the friction feed discs, 
admits of an infinite variety of feeds, between the 
finest and the coarsest ; in the ready application of 
the feed, and its quick hand -motion ; also in the 
manner of operating the compound table upon which 
the work rests, the handles to govern the motion 
of table being all on one side and within easy reach 
of the workman. 

We provide an outboard bearing when that 
style of machine is required. This bearing, in the 
form of a yoke, is carried from the bed -plate, arching 
over the knee which carries the table ; it bolts to the 
bed-plate, and to the knee also. It can be placed 
29" from the face-plate, or it can be moved off to 53"; 
it does not interfere with the ready adjustment of the 
table vertically. For use with machines having no 
"yoke," we make a convenient adjustable bearing, 
or steady rest, carried by the table, readily applied 
and quickly set to suit the position of the boring- bar. 
The feed-motion is arranged in two series, a fine and a coarse, together 
covering a wide range. The value of the coarse feed will be felt in all kinds 
of boring with bars and cutters, inasmuch as it is possible to rough out with a 
fine feed, and to finish with a light cut and a coarse feed. In this way the 
finishing cutter is hurried through the work, is less 
liable to wear in the length of the hole to be bored, 
and much time is saved. These machines may be used 
for a great variety of work, — turning, drilling, boring, 
and milling. 

Cylinders may be bored, faced on flanges, drilled and 
tapped for studs, valve-seat milled off and ports cut 
out, while for driving-boxes and other bearings, es- ^ 
pecially for interchangeable work done in jigs or fix- 
tures, the machine is almost indispensable. For fac- 
ing large surfaces we use a "revolving slide-rest," which may be bolted to the 
flange on the end of the sleeve in which the spindle slides. 





Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



45 



Plate No. 32. 




HORIZONTAL DRILLING AND BORING MACHINE. 
Compound Table without Yoke Support. 



Spindle, 2_%" diameter, 30" stroke. Slotted table on bracket 48" long by 
23" wide. Adjustable along the bracket and across it. Greatest distance from 
centre of spindle to top of table 21". To top of bracket 263^". Has improved 
friction feed variable from finest drilling feed to over J4" per turn of spindle for 
finishing with broad cutter. Very quick hand adjustment and quick clutch for 
power feed. Complete with countershaft, wrenches and sample drill socket. Fast 
and loose pulleys on countershaft 16" diameter by 4" face. Should make 75 revo- 
lutions per minute. Revolvbig slide rest and supports for boring box, extra. 



46 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 




HORIZONTAL DRILLING AND BORING MACHINE. 
Compound Table with Yoke Support. 



With improved v^ariable feed in two series, varying from the finest drilling 
feed to over J4" per turn of spindle for finishing. Spindle, 2^" diameter, 30" 
stroke. Very quick hand traverse. Power-feed operated instantly by positive 
clutch. Largest lift of cone, 20" diameter for 3" belt. Ratio of back-gear, about 
12 to I. Slotted table on bracket 48" long by 28" wide ; adjustable along the 
bracket and across it. Height from centre of spindle to top of table in lowest 
position, 21"; to top of bracket in lowest position, 26)4". Machine complete with 
countershaft, yoke support for boring- bar, full set of of wrought-iron wrenches, 
and sample socket for drill. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 16" diameter 
by 4" face ; should make 75 revolutions per minute. Revolving slide-rest for 
fice-plate, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



47 



Plate No. 34. 




HORIZONTAL DRILLING AND BORING MACHINE. 
With Fixed Table. 



Bed projecting beyond head form fixed work table 13" wide, 56" long, 
with two " tee " slots for holding down work. 

With improved self-acting variable feeds, adjustable from .004" to .5" per 
rotation of spindle. Feeds instantly adjustable to the exact amount required. 
Quick hand adjustment to spindle and positive clutch for engaging power-feed. 
Largest lift of cone pulley, 14" for 4" belt. Diameter of spindle, 2'/^". Stroke 
of spindle, 30". Usual height of spindle above top of table, 8" Machine com- 
plete with countershaft, full set of wrenches, and sample socket for drill. Fast 
and loose pulleys on countershaft, 14" diameter by 4" face, and should make So 
revolutions per minute. 



48 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 35. 




DOUBLE HORIZONTAL DRILL FOR MARINE ENGINE SHAFTS. 



Drilling-heads, 4 ft. 6" apart, carried on opposite ends of bed, 12 ft. 6" long. 
Spindle, 5 ->i" diameter. Distance from centre of spindle to face of spindle bear- 
ing next to shaft, 3", thus enabling holes to be drilled about 3" from outside of 
shaft. Stroke of spindle, 24". Distance from centre of spindle to top of bed, 15". 
Two rates of power- feed only. Feeds engaged and disengaged by friction 
clutches operated by hand-levers. Spindle adjustable rapidly by hand. The 
heads are driven from separate countershafts. Machine complete with full set of 
wrenches and countershafts. Largest lift of cone pulleys, 24" diameter, t,}(" 
face. Ratio of back-gear, 910 to i. Fast and loose pulleys on countershafts, 
20" in diameter, arranged in sets of three. Fast pulley, 7" face ; two loose pul- 
leys, 4X" f^ce ; to be used with open and cross belts for reversing direction of 
spindle. Speed of countershafts, 240 revolutions per minute. 

To be used in connection with separate bed with V-chucks for carrying the 
shaft, the flanges of which are to be drilled or reamed. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 49 



Plate No. 36. 




WHEEL-QUARTERING MACHINE FOR LOCOMOTIVE DRIVING- 
WHEELS. 



Will quarter from 5" radius of crank to 15" ; made for right hand lead or 
for both right and left lead. Heads adjustable from 18" to 60" gauge, will take 
wheels up 6 ft. diameter. Spindle 9" stroke, 2 7/8" diameter. Variable friction 
feed. Independent countershafts having 19" fast and loose pulle3''s, 4'-" face. 
Speed 80 revolutions per minute. Wheels are carried by the tread in adjustable 
cradles as well as on centres. Cradles provided with convenient clamps. 



50 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Horizontal Floor=Boring Machines. 



WE have continued to call these "floor" boring machines, because the 
work in the earlier machines was carried upon a large bed plate level 
with the shop floor. Many such machines, however, are now built with 
various forms of elevated work tables either combined with a slotted ' ' floor ' ' 
plate or sliding upon an elevated bed. In the former case the bed which carries 
the travelling upright may be moved upon the floor plate, presenting the spindle 
to the work at any desired horizontal angle. Such machines are necessarily of 
limited size, because, in a certain sense, they are portable machines. When more 
horizontal traverse is required, another type of machine is produced in which the 
bed — upon which the upright slides — is fixed at one end or one side of the slotted 
floor-plate upon which the work is secured. Machines of this kind have been 
usually driven from pulleys at one end of the bed, transmitting power through 
long shafts in the bed and in the upright, and have a large amount of transmitting 
mechanism, which must be of considerable .size to avoid excessive torsional 
deflection. 

The frictional loss in such a machine is entirely out of proportion to the 
useful work done, and this led us to construct a machine in which long transmit- 
ting shafts are entirely avoided, and in which the power is applied directly to the 
spindle-gearing by means of a belt, driven by an electric motor, carried on the 
upright of the machine itself. 

The screw for horizontal traverse of the upright is a stationar}^ one in the 
bed, and the nut is rotated. 

While these machines are most conveniently operated by electric motors, 
we also build them with countershafts and cone pulleys when required ; but we 
prefer to belt directly to the moving upright rather than to drive through long 
shafts in the bed. 

The various motions are engaged or disengaged by a simple system of 
clutches, which enables one at will to throw in any one of the feeds or of the 
rapid traversing motions, and the whole machine is controlled by the operator, 
who stands on a convenient platform opposite the spindle. From this point he 
can run the upright to any position on the bed he desires, and with the utmost 
nicety; he can raise or lower the saddle to bring the spindle to the proper eleva- 
tion; this motion being accomplished rapidly and with great accuracy. The great 
length of horizontal and vertical movements which is usual in such machines, 
renders this quick movement by power a necessity. 

These machines, besides the ordinary drilling-feed, are often provided with 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 51 



Plate No. 37. 




FLOOR-BORING MACHINE— Driven by Belt and Swing Frame. 



Minimum height of spindle above floor-plate, 14". Maximum height, 6 
ft. 2". Horizontal adjustment of upright on slide, 4 ft. 10". Spindle, 4" di- 
ameter, 30" stroke. Largest lift on cone pulle}', 20" diameter for 3" belt. Feeds 
variable by our improved friction arrangement up to ^j" per turn of spindle. 
Driving pulley, 16" diameter, 4" belt. 75 revolutions per minute. Slotted fioor- 
plate and adjustable support for boring-bar, extra. 



52 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Horizontal Floor= Boring Machines. — {Continued.) 

milling-feeds, both horizontal and vertical, so that they may be used to face off 
surfaces, or do other milling work not usually covered by ordinary milling 
machines. The feed in each case is regulated by our improved friction discs. 
The height of upright and length of bed can be readily made to suit all require- 
ments. 

Besides the machines illustrated in the accompanying plates, we are pre- 
pared to build larger sizes, with or without milling feeds, and with various ar- 
rangements of work tables, boring bar supports, etc. 

We are now completing a very large machine of this character, having an 8" 
spindle, with a traverse or stroke of 8 feet, mounted upon an upright sliding along 
a bed 7 feet wide and 2 feet deep, for a distance of 22 feet. The vertical traverse 
of the bar on the face of the upright is 10 feet, and the boring head is provided 
with a complete series of feeds for drilling and boring, and in addition, power 
feeds, vertical and horizontal for use in milling, while the machine has sufficient 
power to operate a large milling or rotary planing head with inserted cutters, car- 
ried either on the 8" steel spindle or upon the flanged end of the sleeve. The 
spindle has a graduated range of speeds from 2^ turns per minute to 160, all 
controllable in a convenient manner. All of these movements are determined 
from the operator's platform which is suspended from the boring head itself, the 
motive power being provided by an electric motor carried on the upright. This 
machine is intended for use with a large slotted floor-plate, and has in addition, a 
slotted work table of 6 feet by 10 feet, which is arranged to rotate on a saddle 
which travels on a supplementary bed of 7 feet wide, arranged at right angles to 
that v/hich carries the boring head. 

The work table has also a cross-traverse of 3 feet either side of the centre. 
The supplementary bed is further provided with an additional saddle, carr5dng a 
second upright, upon which is mounted an outboard support for a boring-bar, 
capable of taking one 14" diameter, and having a cross-traverse on the bar of 30". 

This massive bearing is raised and lowered by a separate motor, and an- 
other motor is provided for moving the boring-bar support and the work table 
along the supplementary bed to the proper position. This machine will be used 
especially for boring, drilling and facing cylinders for marine engines. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



53 



Plate No. 38. 




FIvOOR-BORING MACHINE. 
Belt-Driven with Work in Position upon Floor-Plate. 



This illustration, from actual practice, gives an excellent idea of the use- 
fulness of these machines. Such work as shown in the illustration, may be set 
upon the floor-plate and the machine moved from one hole to another, so as to 
insure their parallelism without the necessity of resetting the vi'ork. 



54 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate 



No. 39. 




FLOOR-BORING MACHINE ON INDEPENDENT BED. 
Driven by Electric Motor. 
Diameter of spindle, 4". Stroke, 30". Face of upright to centre of 
spindle, 8". Power-feeds variable through a wide range. Quick traverse by 
power, 20 ft. per minute, up and down the upright, and along the horizontal 
bed. Thirty speeds, varying from say two rotations of the spindle per minute up 
to about 180. Machine shown has vertical movement of 11 ft. 6" ; horizontal 
movement of 16 ft. Motor, rheostat for regulating motor, full set of wrought- 
iron wrenches and sample drill socket. All movements are controlled by operator 
on hanging platform attached to head. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 55 



Plate 



No. 40. 




FLOOR-BORING MACHINE WITH MILLING AND BORING FEEDS. 
Driven by Electric Motor. 

Diameter of spindle, 4". Stroke, 30". Face of upright to centre of 
spindle, 8". Power-feeds variable through a wide range. Quick traverse bv 
power, 20 ft. per minute, up and down the upright and along the horizontal bed. 
Thirty speeds provided, varying from say two rotations of the spindle per minute 
up to about 180. Machine shown in illustration has vertical movement of 8 ft. and 
horizontal movement of 14". Arranged with vertical and horizontal feeds for 
milling surfaces. Milling feeds adjustable through wide range. All movements 
controlled by operator on platform attached to head. Milling feeds variable by 
friction gear through wide range. Motor, rheostat for regulatnig motor, full set 
of wrenches, and sample drill socket. 



56 Wm. SklivErs & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 41. 




HORIZONTAL BORING MACHINE, WITH FIXED TABLE. 
Spindle, 2}i" Diameter. 



With improved self-acting variable feed, operated by friction discs, per- 
mitting any variation between fastest and slowest. Feeds arranged in two series, 
varying in the fine series from .004" to .08", and in the coarse from .02" to .5". 
Very quick hand traverse. Stroke of spindle, 30". Ordinary height of spindle 
above table, 8". Made also 10" and 12" high. Table, 56" long beyond boring 
head, with longitudinal slots for attaching work. Largest lift of cone pulley, 14" 
for 4" belt. Complete with countershaft and full set of wrenches. Fast and 
loose pulleys on countershaft, 14" diameter, 4" face, and should make 80 revolu- 
tions per minute. Bormg-bars, cutter-heads, chucks for boxes and journal brasses, 
and outboard supports for boring-bars, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 57 



Plate No. 42. 




HORIZONTAL BORING-MACHINE, WITH FIXED TABLE. 
Spindle, 4" Diameter. 



Table with slots for holding work and boring-bar supports may be varied 
in length to suit requirements. Height of spindle above table, 16". Stroke, 30". 
Has improved friction feed giving range from say .004" to coarse finishing feed 
of nearly y^" . It is powerfully geared. Has quick hand traverse to spindle. 
Bed has tool closet with flat key lock. Fast and loose pulleys, 16" diameter, 4" 
belt. 135 revolutions per minute. ]\^e iiiakf a z-(rr/c(v of bon')!o hrrs, cuticr 
heads a^id supports adapted for various kinds of "a'ark. The illustration shows a 
6^" steel bar with i3>^" cutter heads, adapted for brake cylinders up to say i6" 
diameter. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 43. 




HORIZONTAL BORING MACHINE, WITH FIXED TABLE. 
Outboard Support with Facing Rest. 



Same machine as shown in Plate 42, with modifications for special work. 
Spindle, 4" diameter, 30" stroke, is slotted to carry cutter head and boring tools. 
End support for facing rest with star feed adjustable along bed. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



59 



Plate No. 44. 




HORIZONTAL BORING-MACHINE, WITH COMPOUND TABLE. 



Especially designed for boring and facing cjdinders. Outboard support ad 
justable along the bed by screw, and provided with sleeve carrying facing-rest on 
enlarged end. Similar facing-rest on sleeve in driving head. Compound table^ 
28" wide, 48" long, adjustable on bed and provided with cross traverse of 24". 
Height of boring-bar above table, isH"- Complete with boring-bar, counter- 
shaft, two facing rests, two cutter heads for cylinders jyi" to 14" diameter. Fast 
and loose pulleys on countershaft, 16" diameter, 4^4" face, should make 135 
revolutions per minute. Also made with screw contained within the boring bar, 
thus diminishing the total length occupied by the machine. It has a rapid hand 
adjustment of the boring-bar ; all operating handles are verj' conveniently 
arranged. The bed has a tool chest, the door of which is provided with a good 
lock. It will readily bore cylinders 32" long, and has been ver}^ satisfactorily 
used for pump cylinders from yj4" to 14" diameter, this range being covered by 
two cutter heads, each provided with four flat cutters. 



6o Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 45. 




DOUBLE HORIZONTAL BORING MACHINE. 
For Duplex Pump Cylinders. 



The work is clamped to the table and fed toward the boring cutters which 
are in a fixed position on the bars. The distance between boring bars may be 
varied by changing driving wheels or by substituting other driving heads. Table 
has quick hand adjustment and geared power feed, giving three changes. Cone, 
1 6" diameter, 3)^" face. Detachable boring bars, 3^" diameter. Usual height 
of bar above table, 7". Complete with countershaft, two bars with cutter heads, 
outboard support with running bushings, set of wrenches and sample cutters. 
Fast and loose pulleys, 16" by 4". Should make 290 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers Sl Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 46. 




62" FLANGE FACING MACHINE- 



For facing simultaneously the flanges of large cast-iron pipes. Two adjust- 
able tables with " V " blocks are provided, in which the pipe can be held, and to 
which it may be bolted, and the heads are also adjustable to suit the length of pipe 
to be faced. Heads and tables mounted on shoe-plates, carried upon foundation 
walls, are each moved by means of a pinion gearing into a vertical rack on one of 
the shoe-plates. There are three slides on each head, having a movement towards 
and from the centre, and also a movement perpendicular to the face-plates, which 
is used for regulating the depth of cut. A star-feed operates the long slides in 
facing. The machine is complete with shoe-plates for pipes 14 ft. long, and two 
countershafts, "V" blocks, ratchet wrench for moving heads, and full set of 
wrought- iron wrenches. The largest lift of the cone-pulleys is 24" diameter, 311;" 
face, and the ratio of gearing is 70 to i. Fast and loose pulleys are 20" diameter, 
4" belt. Two sets are provided, which should make 1 20 and 200 revolutions per 
minute respectively. 



62 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 47. 




TRIPLE BORING MACHINE— for Cylinders of Compound Locomotives. 



Designed especially for boring the cylinders and valve of the Vauclain 
Compound Locomotive. The work is carried upon a table, which also supports 
the outboard bearings for the boring-bars, and is adjustable along the bed to per- 
mit power, the work to be lifted from the table. The cutter-heads travel along 
their respective bars, which are proportioned to suit the diameters of the various 
cylinders. The bars are bolted to the spindles by flanges. Two bars are adjust- 
able, so as to cover almost every position in which the three cylinders can be 
arranged. Each bar has its own feed-motion, operated by a lever working a 
toothed clutch. Back- feed for counterboring the ends of the cylinders. Table 5 ft. 
long by 4 ft. i" wide. The height from centre of the lower boring-bars to table, 
21". Machine has set of wrought- iron wrenches, three sample bars with cutter- 
heads complete, and outboard bearings for same. Countershaft has 24" pulleys 
for 4" belt, and extra countershaft for the table has 16" pulleys, 2^" face; speed 
of both, 250 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. 



Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 63 



Plate No. 48. 




LOCOMOTIVE CYLINDER BORING AND FACING MACHINE. 
For Boring Locomotive Cylinders. 



Has 6" steel boring-bar driven at both ends of cylinder, independent slide 
rests for facing both ends ; six changes of boring feed with quick hand adjust- 
ment • bar withdrawn by hand or power to allow work to be shifted. Complete 
with countershaft, wrenches and set of cutter heads. Fast and loose pulleys iS 
diameter, 4" face; 140 revolutions per minute. Made in hvo /enof/is, for cylnidcrs 
j6" and 4.8" long respectively. 



64 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 

I Plate No. 49. 




VERTICAL CYLINDER BORING-MACHINE. 

For cj'linders from 4 ft. to 9 ft. diameter up to 10 ft. long. 13 ft. between 
upright columns. Boring bar 76" diameter, run.s in a bushing in the cross-beam 
and is supported on a step in the bed plate; it may be withdrawn to clean the 
work. Three cutter heads for various diameters, and facing arms for turning 
flanges. Double feed screws, power feeds range from tV" to i ^s" per turn. 
Hand adjustment for bar and quick power traverse. Driven b}^ independent 8'^ 
by 8" engine or electric motor as preferred. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



65 



Plate No. 50. 




VERTICAL CYLINDER BORING-BAR. 
To be used with boring and turning mill or special driving gear. Lower 
.spider supports the work, irpper spider bolted to top flange of cylinder center.s the 
bar and operates the feed motion. Bar 10" diameter, 12 ft. long for cylinders up 
to say 9 ft. long. 



66 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 51. 




PULLEY BORING MACHINE. 
For Pulleys, Car-Wheels, and General Work. 

Table fitted with universal chuck, taking wheels 36" in diameter. Will 
bore work up to 6 ft. in diameter if clamped to table. Cross-head for holding 
boring-bar balanced and arranged with variable power-feed and quick hand- 
traverse. Sliding surfaces protected from chips, which can fall through bed of 
machine into pit in foundation. Length of boring-stroke, 14/^"- Machine 
complete with countershaft, hangers, and full set of wrought-iron wrenches 
and lever to operate chuck. Sample boring-bar with machine, 2tI" diameter. 
Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 24" diameter for 4" belt. Speed of 
countershaft, 60 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



67 



Plate No. 52. 




50" CAR-WHEEL BORING-MILL, No. L 

Table, 50" diameter, with universal chuck for car-wheels, 42" diameter and 
tinder. Improved friction- feed with automatic hold-fast. Improved double cut- 
ters, quickly changed. Crane attachment, with chain-sling and hooks, arranged 
to stop automatically at top and bottom of hoist. Facing-rest for ends of hubs. 
Facing-rest distinct from bar, which may be changed to suit size of holes. 24" 
by 4" pulleys on countershaft, 134 revolutions per minute; iS" by 6" pulleys^ 
290 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 




50" CAR-WHEEL BORING-MILL, No. 2. 
With self-closing and self-centering chuck for 42" car-wheels. Chuck 
opens and closes on stopping and starting mill. Table stopped and shut by patent 
clutch operated by lever — without stopping countershaft. Table, 50". Largest 
lift of cone-pulley, 24" for 4" belt. Improved friction discs, with automatic 
hold-fast. Feeds from .04" to .87" per turn of table. Machine complete with 
countershaft, crane attachment with chain-sling and hooks, arranged to stop 
automatically at top or bottom of stroke. vSlide-rest for facing hubs and gauge 
for length. Sample boring-bar, t,14" in diameter, with sample set of improved 
double cutters. Set of wrought- iron wrenches. Two sets of fast and loose pul- 
leys on countershaft. 24" by 4" pulleys, 134 revolutions per minute ; 18" by 6" 
pulleys, 290 revolutions per minute. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



69 



Plate No. 54. 



Y 



I 

r 




54" CAR-WHKKL BORING-MIIX. 
With self-closing and self-centering cluick for wheels np to 48" diameter. Opens and clases on stopping 
and starting machine. Table stopped and started instantly by lever without moving belt shifter. Table 54" 
diameter. Improved disc feed, with automatic hold-fast for adjusting lever; improved crane device, with auto- 
matic stop top and bottom of stroke ; all hoisting mechanism on outside of machine and easily accessible ; slide 
rest for facing hubs and gauge for length; sample boring-bar jlb" diameter, with set of improved double 
cutters giving four cutting surfaces. May be furnished with or without crane attachment, chain slings and 
hooks; countershaft has 2 sets of fast audi loose pulleys; 34"x4", 134 revolutions per minute, and iS"xp", 200 
revolutions per minute. Full set of wrenches and steel chuck-jaws for full range of work, furnished with 
machine. 



70 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 55. 




5-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILL— With Two Saddles. 

Independent feeds for both saddles ; table 60" diameter. Table has flat 
bearings, adjustable step and centre spindle. Power-feeds variable by improved 
friction disc arrangement through wide range. Self-contained counterbalance 
with independent weight for each slide. Power vertical feed by screw with 
opening nut, stroke 22". Hand vertical feed by rack and pinion. Quick acting 
clutches to engage and disengage feed instantly. Deep cross-head, with long 
bearings on uprights, raised or lowered by power. Complete with countershaft, 
cranks, wrenches, boring-bar holder and sample boring-bar. 

No part of machine projects beloiu fioor except adjustmg lever for step, which, 
extends 5" into pit which should be provided for chips. 



Note. — Made also with i 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 56. 




7-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILI<— WITH Two Saddles. 

Independent feed for both saddles; table 80" diameter, triple-geared with 15 different speeds; 1 
bearing-, adjustable step and center spindle; power feed by improved friction feed variable throngli 
self-contained counterbalance with independent weights for each slide; extra deep cross-head with 
ing for uprights; power feed by screws, quick vertical hand feed by rack and pinion; usual stroki 
head raised and lowered by power; no part of machine extends below floor line except luljiistiut: 1' 
and no separate foundations are required for any parts; complete with countershaft; crank*, wrcvte 
bar holder and sample boring-bar. Fast and loose pulleys 22" X5", 200 revolutions per minute. 

Made also with only one saddle. Usual table 72" diameter. Made also with high uprights 
under cross-head and 36" stroke of slide. 



72 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 57. 




8-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILL- 

With centre spindle, flat bearing and triple driving-gear. Extra heavy 
cross-head with two saddles ; independent feed for each saddle. Table, 96" 
diameter. Maximum height under cross-head, 55". Steel vertical slides with 
48" stroke. Complete with set of wrenches, countershaft, and sample boring- 
bar. Feeds variable from .02" to .42" per revolution of table. Speed of 22" by 
5", fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 100 rotations per minute. Power lift- 
ing device for cross-head. Independent counterweights for slides. No separate 
foundations required. 

Made also with friction feed motion variable from uV to s/g" per turn of 
table. Made also with short uprights, giving 47" under cross-head, and 22" verti- 
cal stroke. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 73 



Plate No. 58. 




r 



10-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILL— With Two Saddles. 

LTprights adjustable by power to swing 16 ft. diameter. Steel slide, stroke, 
36". Table, 80" diameter with flat bearing and centre spindle. Mill triple 
geared and self-contained ; no separate foundations required. Hand power slot- 
ting or key-seating attachment on one saddle. Height under cro.'^s-head, 75". 
Cross-head raised and lowered by power. Complete with countershaft, wrenclies, 
boring-bar holder and sample boring-bar. Made also with independent friction 
feeds. Made also with fixed uprights, not adjustable on bed. Can be made with 
96" table if required. 

Our 12-foot mill of this type will take 74" under cross-head, has 36" stroke 
and 80" or 96" table. 



74 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 59. 




6-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILL— For Steel Railway Tires. 
Extra heavy, powerfully g-eared mill for special work; table 72" diameter, cross-head fixed at 18K" above table; two saddles 
with independent adjustable ratchet feed; vertical stroke 14" four speed cones and two countershaft speeds make 16 speeds of table; 
mill selt-contained ; no part projects below floor line and no independent foundations required; complete with countershaft, 
wrenches and cranks; fast and loose puUevs 16" diameter, 4" belt, making 195 and 218 revolutions per minute respectively. 
Feeds adjustable from _i_" to ;*»" per turn of table. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Ixcorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 7 = 
Plate No. 60. 




Ext 



7-FOOT BORING AND TURNING M.^VCHINE— For Stei-i. K.' 
heavy, powerfully geared mill for tires aud other heavy steel work. Table 



dial 



max: 

justable saddle 42"; two saddles with independent variable ratchet feed; vertical stroke J3"; cross-head raised and lowered by- 
power; feed variable by J " to ^s"; self-contained, no independent foundation required; complete with countershafl, cranks 
aud wrenches. Fast aud loose pulleys 16" diameter, 4" belt, 195 revolutions per minute and 21S revolutions per luiuute respec- 
tively, giving 16 distinct table speeds. 



76 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 61 




EXTRA HEAVY 5-FOOT MILL— Designed for Steel Work. 

Diameter of table, 6i". Height under cross-head in highest position, 36". 
Steel vertical slides, having 22" stroke. Two saddles on cross-head with inde- 
pendent feed- motions, operated b)'^ feeding mechanism at each end of the cross- 
head. Feed mechanism and driving-gear provided with safety devices. Cross- 
head lifted by power. Spur driving-gear for table, all cut teeth. Feeds adjust- 
able from .01" to i" per turn of table. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 24" and 4" 
face. Wrenches, sample boring-bar, overhead countershaft, and counterbalances 
for vertical slides. 20" by 5" fast and loose pulleys on countershaft. Should 
make no revolutions per minute. Self-contained; no separate foundation 
required for step or other parts. 



Wm. Sellkrs & Co., Incorporated, Philadei-phia, Pa. 77 



Plate No. 62. 




EXTRA HEAVY 7-FOOT BORING MILL— with Triple Gearing. 



This machine is designed especially for very heavy work in steel, such as 
locomotive tires. Table, 84" diameter. Height under cross-head in highest 
position, 39". Depth of cross-head bar, 3o38". Steel vertical slides of stroke of 
26^", with special detachable tool-holders, designed for tire and ring work. 
Cross-head raised and lowered by power. Two saddles, having independent feed- 
motions, operated from mechanism at both ends of cross-head. Feed mechanism 
and driving-gear provided with safety devices to prevent breakage by overloading 
gearing. Cone-pulley has five lifts, and there are two changes of gearing, making 
15 distinct speeds. Spur-gearing for table is all cut. Wrenches, complete over- 
head countershaft and hangers. Speed of countershaft should be 280 revolutions 
per minute. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 22" diameter, 5" face. 
Made also ivith plain tool-holders and bo>-iNo-bar. No separate foinidation 
required for step or other parts. 



78 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 63 




12-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILL— with Two vSaddles. 

Table, lo ft. diameter. Height under cross-head, 9 ft. 6^4". Steel vertical 
slides, 4 ft. stroke. Independent friction feeds of great range. Safety devices in 
feed and driving gear. Power-lifting device for cross-head have improved friction 
device. Spur-gear table, all gears cut, pinions of steel. Adjustable centre step, 
flat bearings and massive spindle. No projection below floor except adjusting 
lever for spindle step. No separate foundations. Fast and loose pulleys, 22" by 
5". 250 revolutions per minute. 

Note — We are prepared to furnish larger mills of this an 3 other styles. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



79 



Plate No. 64. 




12-FOOT BORING AND TURNING MILL- 



-wiTH Three Saddles. 



Uprights arranged to slide back by power, to turn i6 ft. diameter. Table, 
ID ft. diameter. Height under cross-head, 9 ft. 634". Steel vertical slides, 4 ft. 
stroke. Independent feeds of great range. Safety devices in feed and driving- 
gear. Power lifting gear for cross-head. Pulleys, 22" by 5". 250 revolution.'^ 
per minute. Quick hand traverse for saddles on cross-head. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Turning and Screw=Cutt!ng Lathes. 



IN designing our lathes it has been our object to obtain power, strength, accu- 
racy and durability coupled with great convenience of operation. We have 
not hesitated to depart from ordinary practice or our own preconceived ideas 
whenever we thought we could obtain a batter construction. We early adopted 
the "flat " lathe bed because of its manifest advantages, and we think we now 
know how to correct the real faults of the flat bed as formerly made by us and 
now by others. 



We make vertical guiding surfaces which permit 
wear on top of bed without affecting allignment or 
fit of saddle. Our under " V " for the poppet head 
clamp insures correct allignment of centres, and yet 
permits free fitting of head. Frequent flanged cross 
ribs or girts tie our lathe beds effectually ; the planed 
trough supports the lead screw throughout, and the 
overhanging flanges protect it from dirt and chips. 
The flat shear permits an increased swing over the 
rest ; a decreased weight of carriage, a greatly ex- 
tended surface to take wear and insures long service 
without replaning. We assume four "girts" be- 
yond the livehead as our shortest length, and this 
may be increased to an}' extent desired by adding 
the requisite number of girts, the length for each 
size being set forth in the table below : 




Swing over 


Maximum 
Swing over 
Slide Rest 


SHORTEST 


LENGTH. 




Girts 

Beyond 

Live Head. 


Distance 


Bed. 


Distance between 
Centres. 


Length 


of Bed. 


Between Girt 
Centres. 


12," 


8§" 


2 ft. 4" 


4 ft. 


73" 


4 


10" 


16" 


111" 


3 ft. 


5 ft. 


101" 




13" 


20" 


15,^" 


3 ft. Z\" 


7 ft 


4" 




161" 


25" 


19]" 


4 ft. ej" 


9 ft. 


\" 




20J" 


30" 


23^' 


5 ft. oj" 


10 ft. 


w 




241" 


36" 


28" 


6 ft. 3i" 


12 ft. 


m," 




29" 


42" 


34^' 


7 ft. 10" 


17 ft. 


\" 


4 


33f" 


48" 


38^' 


8 ft. 10" 


17 ft. 


■\" 


* 


38^' 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., I]vcorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 8i 



Plate No. 65, 




12" PATENT SELF-ACTING SLIDE-I.ATHE. 
Turning and Screw-Cutting Feeds. 

Flat-top shear, with vertical guiding surfaces. Poppet-head lined bj^ under 
V clamp ; concentric hold-fast for poppet spindle, clamping spindle at both ends 
of bearing. Independent screw-cutting and turning-feeds, instantly changeable 
from one to the other when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal feed 
and screw-cutting feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning-feed 
stopped and started instantly by positive clutch ; direction of turning-feed con- 
trolled by lever on saddle. Lead screw, used for screw -cutting only, supported 
throughout its entire length and protected from chips. Maximum swing over 
bed, 12"; over slide- rest, 8 j^ 8 " diameter. Improved friction discs, giving instantly 
any feed required between limits. Complete with countershaft, wrenches, full 
set of change gears, water-can, and steady-rest. Countershaft pulleys, 8" dia- 
meter for 3" open and cross belts, should make 160 and 320 turns per minute. 
Follow-rest and taper attachments, if required, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Turning and Screw=Cutting Lathes. — {Continued.') 



As lathes are increased in length, we add extra legs and " drop " bearings 
for the feed rod as required ; the manner in which the screw is supported relieves 
it from sag whether it be long or short. 



LIVEHKAD. 

To produce true work in a lathe, it is of the first importance that the 
spindle shall be true, and we spare no pains in manufacture to produce this result. 
Our spindles are turned and ground with scrupulous care, and carefully fitted to 
the composition boxes of hard bronze. The front bearing is a plain cylindrical 
surface ; the back-bearing is slightly conical, carried in a solid bearing of bronze. 
To prevent end motion of the spindle, we secure to the spindle back of the back- 
bearing a carefully-made ring or collar of hardened steel. This collar is confined 
between a hardened steel thrust collar back of it and the back end of the back- 
bearing in front of it, and all these parts are enclosed in a tight cast-iron tail- 
block, which serves as an oil-well to insure constant and perfect lubrication. The 
surfaces which confine the revolving collar front and back of it are so adjusted as 
to allow perfect freedom of rotary motion, but no perceptible end motion. The 
securing of the spindle endways is confined to the thickness of one collar onlj^, 
and this is enclosed in so large a mass of cast-iron as to insure a uniform tempera- 
ture in all its parts; thus there is no liability to stick or jam, while the expansion 
of the spindle endways from this collar, if there is any expansion in excess of the 
head, is allowed for in freedom of end motion in the front journal, which is a little 
longer than the front bearing in which it runs. In turning work between centres 
the thrust is taken against the thrust collar back of the fixed collar on the spindle, 
while in turning chucked work the spindle is held in place endways by the con- 
finement of the one fixed collar on the spindle between the fixed back-thrust and 
the back end of the back -bearing. With this arrangement of the spindle the 
change from one kind of turning to another requires no thought to be given to 
any adjustment of the spindle, to be ready for the changed condition of pressure, 
as is the case with lathes of ordinary construction. Our back gear is conveniently 
shifted, and gears and cones are so proportioned as to produce a series of speeds 
in geometric proportion without overlapping or irregularity. The lead screw 
is used for screw-cutting only, and therefore retains its accuracy much longer 
than when it is used for all purposes. The turning feeds are controlled through 
our improved friction disc feed, giving a wide range of feeds with any variation 
desired between the extremes. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 83 



Plate No. 66. 




16" SELF-ACTING SLIDE-LATHE— Turning and Screw-Cutting Feeds. 



Flat-top shear, with vertical guiding surfaces. Poppet-head lined by under 
V clamp. Concentric hold- fast for poppet- spindle, clamping spindle at both ends 
of bearing. Independent screw -cutting and turning-feeds, instantly changeable 
from one to the other, when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal feed and 
screw-cutting feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning-feed stopped 
and started instantly by positive clutch. Direction of turning-feed controlled by 
lever on saddle. Compound swivelling slide-rest with power cross-feed. Lead 
screw, used for screw-cutting only, supported throughout its entire length, and 
protected from chips. Maximum swing over bed, 16". Over slide-rest, 11 -'4" 
diameter. Improved friction discs, giving instantly atu^ feed required between 
limits. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 11". Width of belt, 2}^" . Complete with 
countershaft, wrenches, full set of change gears, water-can, extra face-plate, and 
steady-rest. Countershaft pulleys, 9" diameter for 3" open and cross belts, and 
should make 145 and 290 revolutions per minute. Follozv- rest and taper attaili- 
meyits, if required, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Turning and Screw=Cutting Lathes. — {Continued.') 




POPPET HEAD OR TAIL 
STOCK. 

We would call especial atten- 
tion to our concentric hold-fast 
for the spindle which secures it 
at two points without displace- 
ment of its axial direction while 
it allows the utmost freedom of 
movement when undamped. 
The upper part is adjustable 
sidewise for taper turning if de- 
sired, without danger of disturb- 
ing the parallelism of the spindle. 
The clamp fitting the under V 
in the bed insures absolute allign- 
ment, and yet allows easy fitting 
between the sides of the bed. 



THE SADDLE AND SLIDE REST. 



Except in the 12" size, the saddles are " compound " with a power cross- 
feed to the lower slide. The turning feed is changed in direction by reversing a 
ever in the bottom of the apron, while a second lever, conveniently situated, is 
used to throw in or out either of the turning feeds. This is interlocked with the 
screw-cutting feed in such a manner that the long feed and the screw-cutting gear 
can not be thrown in at the same time. The nut for the lead screw is arranged to 
slide in bearings, and is engaged by an eccentric operated by a short lever. The 
feed clutch is positive not frictional, and is instantly withdrawn without danger 
of sticking. It will be noticed that the location of the lead screw, almost directly 
under the cutting tool and between the bearings of the carriage, enables it to op- 
pose the tool thrust directly and with little tendency to twist the saddle, hence we 
find that our lathes may be used for coarser pitches than can be cut in lathes with 
an outside screw. 

The foregoing description applies with exactness only to our regular " En- 
gine " lathes between 12" and 48" swing ; our larger lathes and the various special 
lathes we make are more or less modified in details, to suit various conditions and 
requirements. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 85 



Plate No. 67. 




20" SELF-ACTING SLIDE-LATHE— Turning and Screw-Cutting Feeds. 



Flat-top shear, with vertical guiding surfaces. Poppet-head lined by un- 
der V clamp. Concentric hold- fast for poppet spindle, clamping spindle at both 
ends of bearing. Independent screw-cutting and turning-feeds, instanth^ change- 
able from one to the other when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal 
feed and screw- cutting feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning- feed 
stopped and started instantly by positive clutch. Direction of turning- feed con- 
trolled by lever on saddle. Compound swivelling slide-rest with power cross- 
feed. Lead screw used for screw- cutting only, supported through its entire 
length, and protected from chips. Maximum swing over bed, 20"; over slide- 
rest, i5>^" diameter. Improved friction discs, giving instantly any feed required 
between limits. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 13". Width of belt, 2^". Com- 
plete with countershaft, wrenches, full set of change-gears, water-can, extra face- 
plate, and steady-rest. Countershaft pulleys, 10" diameter, for 3" open and cross- 
belts, and should make 112 and 224 revolutions per minute. Fo/lo:c-irst atid tapt-r 
.attachments, if required, extra. 



86 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa, 



Plate No. 68. 







26" LATHE. — Triple-Geared, Turning and Screw-Cutting Feeds. 

Flat-top shear, with vertical guiding surfaces. Poppet-head lined by un- 
der V clamp. Concentric hold-fast for poppet-spindle at both ends of bearing. 
Independent screw-cutting and turning feeds, instantly changeable from one to 
the other, when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal feed and screw-cut- 
ting feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning-feed stopped and started 
instantly by positive clutch. Direction of turning-feed controlled by lever on 
saddle. Compound swivelling slide-rest, with power cross-feed. Lead screw, 
used for screw-cutting only, supported throughout its entire length, and protected 
from chips. Maximum swing over bed, 25"; over slide-rest, 19 Ji" diameter. 
Improved friction discs, giving instantly any feed required between limits. 
Largest lift of cone pulley, 17". Width of belt, 2j4" Complete with counter- 
shaft, wrenches, full set of change gears, water-can, and steady-rest. Counter- 
shaft pulleys 14" diameter for 3J^" open and cross-belts, and should make 135 
and 270 revolutions per minute. Follow-rest and taper attachments, if required, 
extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 87 



Plate No. 69. 




36" LATHE. — Triple-Geared, Turning and Screw-Cutting Feeds. 



Flat-top shear, with vertical guiding surfaces. Poppet-head lined by un- 
der V clamp. Concentric hold- fast for poppet-spindle at both ends of bearing. 
Independent screw-cutting and turning feeds, instantly changeable from one to the 
other, when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal feed and screw-cutting 
feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning-feed stopped and started in- 
stantly by positive clutch. Direction of turning- feed controlled by lever on 
saddle. Compound swivelling-rest, with power cross-feed. Lead screw, used for 
screw-cutting only, supported throughout its length, and protected from chips. 
Maximum swing over bed, 36", over slide-rest, 28" diameter. Improved friction 
discs, giving instantly any feed required between limits. Largest lift of cone- 
pulley, 28". Width of belt, 3J/3". Complete with countershaft, wrenches, full 
set of change gears, water-can, and steady-rest. Countershaft pulleys, 26" 
diameter for 4" open and cross-belts, and should make 80 and 160 revolutions per 
minute. Follotc-resi and taper attach 111 en /s, if required, extra. 



88 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 70. 




42" LATHE. — Triple-Geared, Turning and Screw- Cutting Feeds. 



Flat-top shear, with vertical guiding surfaces. Poppet-head lined by under 
V clamp. Concentric hold-fast for poppet-spindle, clamping spindle at both ends 
of bearing. Independent screw-cutting and turning feeds, instantly changeable 
from one to the other, when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal feed 
and screw-cutting feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning-feed stop- 
ped and started instantly by positive clutch. Direction of turning-feed controlled 
by lever on saddle. Compound swivelling slide-rest, with power cross feed. 
Lead screw, used for screw-cutting only, supported throughout its entire length 
and protected from chips. Maximum swing over bed, 42" diameter. Improved 
friction discs, giving instantly any feed required between limits. Largest lift of 
cone pulley, 28". Width of belt, 3>^". Complete with countershaft, wrenches, 
full set of change gears, water-can, and steady- rest. Countershaft pulleys, 26" 
diameter for 4" open and cross-belts, and should make 80 and 160 revolutions 
per minute. Follow-rcst and taper attachments, if required, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 89 



Plate No. 71. 




48" LATHE. — Triple-Geared, Turning and Screw-Cutting Feeds. 



Flat-top shear, with vertical bearing surfaces. Poppet-head lined by un- 
der V clamp. Concentric hold-fast for poppet spindle, clamping spindle at both 
ends of bearing. Independent screw-cutting and turning-feeds, instantly change- 
able from one to the other, when both are in gear with spindle. Longitudinal 
feed and screw-cutting feed cannot be engaged at the same time. Turning-feed 
stopped and started instantly by positive clutch. Direction of turning-feed con- 
trolled by lever on saddle. Compound swivelling slide-rest with power cross-feed. 
Lead screw, used for screw-cutting only, supported throughout its entire length 
and protected from chips. Maximum swing over bed, 48". Over slide-rest, 
38" diameter. Improved friction discs, giving instantl}^ an}' feed required between 
limits. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 32", and width of belt, 5". Complete with 
countershaft, wrenches, full set of change gears, water-can, and steady-rest. Fast 
and loose pulleys on countershaft, 26" diameter for 6" open and cross-belts, and 
should make 90 and 180 revolutions per minute. FoIloTC-res/ and tapa- attach- 
ments, if required, extra. 



90 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 72 




60" LATHE. — Screw-Cutting and Turning, with Screw-Feed. 



Flat-top shear, with three bearings. Head set over to bring thrust of cut 
within bed at all times. Heavy cast-iron spindle; the cone-pulley and back-shaft 
drive through face-plate only. 15 changes of speed. Will swing over bed, 60"; 
will swing over slide-rest, 49". Diameter of largest lift of cone- pulley, 20" for 3" 
belt. Feeds variable by change gear from i" per turn of spindle to aV". Ratchet 
lever for moving poppet-head and saddle. Compound slide-rest, power cross 
feed. Turning-feed can be stopped and started at carriage. Poppet-head arranged 
to " set over ' ' for turning- taper. Complete with countershaft, full set of wrenches, 
and ratchet lever. Countershaft pulleys, 16" diameter for 3^" open and cross- 
belts. Speeds, 140 and 280 revolutions per minute. This is a strong but simple 
lathe, useful for general work. IVr a/so make a J2" lathe of the same desig7i. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 91 



Plate No. 73. 




60" ROLL LATHE. 



Three bearings on bed, very heavy face-plate, with internal gearing. Four 
speeds on cone. Ratio of gear reduction, 200 to one. Extra heavy housings for 
rolls, with adjustable bearings to suit diameter of work, and cradles for matching 
roll. Heavy Scotch slide-rest with ratchet cross-feed. Rack-feed by hand for car- 
riage along bed, with clamps for locking carriage to place when required. Coun- 
tershaft pulleys, 24" diameter to 5" belt. Should make 150 revolutions per 
minute. Height from centre of spindle to top of lathe shear, 31,^-". Largest 
lift of cone-pulley, 24" diameter for 4" belt. 



92 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 74. 




72" LATHE. — Screw-Cutting and Turning, with Screw-Feed. 



Very massive lathe for heaviest class of work. Three bearings to bed and 
head set over to bring strains of cut always within the bed. Very heavy 
poppet-head, with capped bearing for boring- bar, 8^" diameter. Cast- 
iron spindle, 121^2" diameter. Spindle always driven through face-plate. 
Ratio of back-gear, 25 to i ; ratio of triple-gear, 125 to i. Largest lift of cone- 
pulley, 46" diameter for 5" belt. Carriage arranged to run past poppet-head a7id 
steady-rest. Slotted extension to carriage for use when boring large work. All 
movements of slide-rest and carriage have rapid power adjustments to position ; 
poppet-head movable to place rapidly by power. Compound swivelling rest of 
massive proportions, 2cith angular feed operated by poicer. Swing-frame and 
change gear for changing ratio of feeds carried on saddle. Tapers turned by 
combination of gearing on carriage. Turning feeds variable from 2V" to 2" per 
turn of spindle. In screw-cutting lathe, lathe is not reversed ; but rest is moved to 
place by power rapidly, and clutch for screw cutting is so arranged as to insure 
starting in the right place on the screw. Face-plate and all gears cut from solid. 
Complete with wrenches, countershaft and steady-rest. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 93 



Plate No. 75. 




122" LATHE.— Screw-Cutting and Turning. 



Same type as 72" lathe, Opiate 74). Longitudinal, cross, and angular- faced 
by power with rapid power adjustment operated by convenient levers ; poppet- 
head movable j^apidly to place by poicer ; carriage arranged to run past poppet- 
head and follow-rest; long tapers turned by combination of cross and longitudi- 
nal feed; massive steady-rest with heavy jaws having removable brass shoes; 
heavy swivelling rest with 48" travel of tool slide on top surface ; massive chuck 
jaws on face-plate, which is 8 ft. 5" diameter and has internal cut teeth, 3" pitch 
and 12" face; swing over bed, 122" and over carriage, 1 14"; heavy steel spindles, 
lead screw, ^%" diameter. Complete with countershaft, steady-rest, wrenches, 
and full set of change gears for screw cutting and turning. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 76. 




20" GAP LATHE.— Gap Open. 



This is our regular 20" lathe (see plate 67), with drop bed having gap 
12%" wide, to swing with 42" ^xiimQ.'i^x ; feed-screw operated from rear end is 
always ready for use whether gap be open or closed. Extra rest on carriage for 
turning full diameter of gap, has hand cross-feed only; easily removable when 
not required; length between centres can be made to suit. Complete with coun- 
tershaft, wrenches, steady- rest, extra slide-rest for full diameter, extra face-plate, 
and set of change gear. Made also for turning only. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 95 



Plate No. 77. 




10" GAP LATHE.— Gap Closed. 



The filling block for closing gap is carefully fitted and dowelled so that 
when in place the lathe bed is practicallj' continuous (see table, page So.") 
Short lathes made also with sliding beds to open and close gap. 

We are prepared to build all sizes of either pattern, that is. with sliding 
bed or with breaks, as shown here. I^xtra rest shown in plate may bo easily re- 
moved when turning small diameters. 



96 \Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 78. 






"°*C:'?'7 



SELF-ACTING GAP LATHE.— For Screw-Cutting and Turning. 



Independent shaft for turning-feeds operated through improved friction 
discs. Compound swivelling slide-rest, with automatic cross, longitudinal, and 
angular feeds. All feeds engaged, disengaged, or reversed at the saddle within 
convenient reach of the operator. Easy hand adjustment of saddle by rack and 
pinion. Swing over bed, 72"; swing over slide-rest, 6^%" diameter. Ratio of 
back-gearing about 50 to i ; ratio of triple-gearing, 300 to i. Largest lift of cone- 
pulley, 24" diameter for 3^" belt. Complete with countershaft, wrenches, full 
set of change gear, and ratchet lever for moving poppet-head. Fast and loose 
pulleys on countershaft, 20" diameter for 4" open and cross belts, and should 
make 122 and 1 24 revolutions per minute. As shown in illustration, lathe is ar- 
ranged with bed in two parts, so as to form gap-lathe when required, bed being 
supported on shoe-plates at intervals, and arranged so that the long end may be 
moved to form a gap for large work. See also Plate No. 79. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



97 



Plate No. 79. 



1^^ 




72" SELF-ACTING SLIDE-LATHE. 
For Screw-Cutting and Turning. 

Arranged as gap lathe to take work i6 ft. diameter b}' 3 ft. face. Bed is 
parted and auxiliar}^ bed, carried upon two of the shoe-plates (which are extended 
for the purpose), supports special rest for turning the large diameters. This rest 
is provided with ratchet feed, operated from a rock shaft, which is vibrated by a 
crank on the live head. 

For further particulars of lathe, see specification under Plate No. 7S. 



Wm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate 




8-FOOT TURNING AND BORIN 



Designed especially to permit the use of broad, flat turning tools fed at right angles to the axis 
of the gun, which involves very powerful feeding gear, and means of quickly moving the tool car- 
riages and slide-rests by power. Main Bed, 73 ft. lo^^" long, 9 ft. wide. Extension Bed, for 
carrying the boring arrangement, 54 ft. 5" long, 5 ft. 2" wide. Main bed has four ways, — two for 
tool carriage and two for steady-rests, and poppet-head so arranged that tool carriages may pass 
by poppet-head and steady-rests. Massive and powerful Live Head about 9 ft. long, with 20" 
oil-tempered steel spindle and cast-steel face-plate, with 75 cut teeth, 4" pitch, io>^" face. Face- 
plate provided with four powerful clamping jaws, with bronze shoes. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 
60" diameter for 8" double belt Two speeds on countershaft, making 14 turning speeds, arranged 
in geometrical progression. Breaking pin in driving-gear prevents possible overstrain. The Tool 
Carriages are two in number, each consisting of a saddle sliding directly on the bed, and provided 
with a swivelling slide-rest, which carries two tool-rests having independent cross adjustment. 
Length of guide for carriage on bed, 9 ft. Carriage is moved by long nut revolving on a station- 
ary 6" steel screw. This nut receives its feed-motion from a square shaft within the bed, driven 
at constant speed by gears in the live head, while its quick traverse, 20 ft. per minute, is obtained 
from a second square shaft, also of constant speed, driven by a separate pulley. The quick tra- 
versing mechanism of one carriage can be instantly operated in either direction without disturbing 
the other carriage, whether it be screw-cutting or turning. All changes for feeds or screw-cutting 
are made on the saddle, thus making the two tool carriages entirely independent of each other in 
all their movements. Cross-slide in each saddle is operated by a 3" steel screw, rotated by the 
square feed-shaft simultaneously and in various relative amounts, taper surfaces may be turned. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



99 




ATHE.— For 16" Steel Cannon. 



When screw-cutting carriage is run back to starting point after each cut by quick trav^ersing 
mechanism, an indicator is provided for spacing threads and to show proper time for throwing 
screw-cutting clutch into gear. Levers for rapid traverse and longitudinal feed are interlocked so 
that they cannot be thrown in together. Four steady=rests are provided, taking respectively 
6i", 54", 40", and 27" diameter. They have adjustable jaws and embrace an arc of over 220 
degrees, but are open in front to permit the carriages to run by. Poppet=head, supported like the 
steady-rests upon the two back-bearings of the bed, is provided with a 14" steel spindle and S" 
centre. By removing this spindle and thrust block the poppet-head may be used, if desired, as a 
boring-bar support. It may be moved along the bed like the steady-rests, by the nearest carriage ; 
a coupling bar being provided to join them. Boring=bench carried upon the extension bed and 
operated from a revolving nut on the 6" screw in the main head. All mechanism required for 
moving the boring-bench, for boring-feeds and for quick traverse of the boring-bar, is bolted to 
the front side of the boring-bench, its frame-work being also supported l)y the end of the main bed, 
upon which it slides as the bench is moved. This mechanism is driven by the feed and quick traverse 
shafts in the main bed. The boring- bar is supported by a fixed rest at the front end of the bench 
by a sliding-head, in which it is held and rotated at the rear end, and by two intermediate sujiports 
travelling at proportional rates of speed. The boring-bar can be rotated at any speed that may be 
desired, whereby the rate of boring is rendered independent of the turning-speed. The sliding-head 
on the end of the boring- bar is moved by a 5" steel screw in the boring-bench. This screw receives 
both slow motion for feed and quick motion for rapid bar traverse. Boring-bar supports have side 
extensions, upon which the bar can be rolled when it is desired to examine the bore of the gun. 



loo Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 81. 




20" DOUBLE-GEARED CHASING LATHE. 

Specially designed for brass work. Arranged with chasing attachment. 
Spindles for holding the; chasing hobs are so arranged as to accommodate two 
different pitches at the same time. Also to cut with single pointed tool, single, 
double, triple, or quadruple threads. Slide-rest for chasing attachment carried 
by counter-weighted bar at back of lathe. Poppet-head with square spindle to 
carry boring tools, when required, provided with swivel-post and mounted on 
cross-slide to act as slide-rest when desired. Provided also with hand tool-rests, 
steady-rests, and countershaft. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft for open 
and cross belts, lo" diameter for 2>^" belt, and should make 225 revolutions either 
way. Also made zcith turret-head in place of compoimd slide-rest shoitni. Largest lift 
of cone-pulley, 13" diameter, 2)/^" belt. Well adapted for heavier class of brass 
work and as injectors, heavy valves, etc. Turret-head has cross-feed and long- 
feed by hand. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 82. 




HUB-FACING AND TURNING LATHE. 



This is a special tool for facing hubs of steel spur-gears for street car axles 
and turning them for collars ; will swing 32" diameter, carries two roughing and 
two finishing tools, has setting gauges, screw stops, oil-pump, and expansion 
mandrel to carry work. Countershaft has 16" pulleys for 4" belt, which should 
make about 135 rotations per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 83. 





36" SELF-ACTING SLIDE-LATHE. 

WITH ROCK-SHAET TURNING ATTACHMENT. FrONT ViEW. 

specially arranged wit. vibraU.g .oven.ent ^^g^^^^^t^^^ 
locomotive -k-shafts and s^m.^^^^^^^ ^^,^^,^ , ,y 

in every_ respect. (S^e Pl^te No.^9 ^ .^^ ^^^j^^le by stops on back of face- 

thrown m or out of action. ^^01 , ■ ^^^ Face-plate reversed at 

plate, from a few f agrees oalmos^ a c^mpMe c ^^^^.^^ ^ P^^^ by friction 

able feed- motion. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 103 



Plate No. 84. 




36" SELF-ACTING SLIDE-LATHE. 
With Rock-Shaft Turning Attachment. Back View. 

Back view of lathe shown in Plate No. 83, on opposite page. Shows revers- 
ing mechanism for operating the vibrating movement of the face-plate. Change 
from reciprocating to rotary motion quickl}^ accomplished when latter is to be 
used on cylindrical work. 

Machine complete with countershaft, wrenches, water-can, and rock-shaft 
attachment. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 18" for 4" belt, and should 
make 100 revolutions per minute. 



[04 Wm. SEI.LERS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 85. 







ieaHIUi .JM 


|HBi r^^H^ 3|K3c)>£:^(|^^^;U|^ ^H^H 


g^ *-^kBi^^ ^ @v^^^-'^^H 




^^Pg 1 _' ^^- ^^^H 


^SU^^KKJm^ ^^^HAJI^I 




1 -^-^^^^" -y-r ^ 



36" PULLEY LATHE. 

Special lathe for turning pullej's from 20" diameter to 36". Slide-rest with 
five independent tool-holders, and former bar to determine shape of pulley face. 
Frictional turning-feed through improved discs, equalizing drivers for face-plate, 
with six arms. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 28" for 3^" belt. Triple-geared 
head. Ratio of triple-gearing, 38 to i; ratio of back-gearing, 6 to i. Height 
from centre to top of bed, 20". Will turn and face up to 24" width of face. Fast 
and loose pulleys on countershaft, 26" diameter, 4" belt; 80 rotations per minute." 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 86. 




96" SPECIAL PULLEY LATHE. 



Cast-iron spindle in live head, ii" in diameter. Live head driven through 
face-plate giving ten speeds. Largest lift of cone-pulley, 29" for 4/2" belt. 
Height from centre to top of shear, 45 >^". Will turn and face pulleys from 36" 
diameter up to 96" diameter by 48" face. Five independent slide- rests on car- 
riage, with former bar to determine shape of puUej^ face. When required, pro- 
vided with attachment for turning the outside of pulley-hubs, and with former 
attachment for turning grooves of I'ope wheels. Patent holdfast for poppet 
spindle and equalizing drivers on face-plate. Fast and loose pulleys on counter- 
shaft, 24" by 7", and should make 135 revolutions per minute. 



[o6 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 87. 




20" DOUBLE AXLE LATHE— WITH Central Driving Head. 



This is a massive lathe, with deep, heavy bed and special driving arrange- 
ment, which clamps the axle securely and in such a manner that its irregularity 
will not cause the head to bind or the tools to produce taper or eccentric work. 
Opening in driving head, gyi" ■ Will turn, if required, axles as short as 3 ft. 
Cut steel driving wheel, heavy spindles, powerful gear. Pump and complete 
water circulating system. Steel racks for feed . Automatic friction feed. Patent 
double grip holdfast to poppet-head spindle. Tool posts for ij-z" by ij^" tools. 
Countershaft has 26" by 4^2" fast and loose pulleys, making 130 revolutions per 
minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



[07 



Plate No. 




25" TURNING LATHE— for Driving Wheel Axles. 



A very massive, powerful lathe, for the heaviest locomotive axles and simi- 
lar work. Automatic turning- feed variable by our improved disc arrangement 
from tV" to 1^4" per turn of axle. The steel feed rack is Vi" pitch, 2;/(" face. 
6" spindle in live head. 41%" poppet spindle with patent double grip holdfast. 
Heavy tool post for i>^" by i^" tools. Water dish around edges of saddle. 
Steel centres, 2^" diameter. Six i ?/8" holding-down bolts in poppet-head. Swing 
over carriage, 14" diameter. Usual length between centres, 8 ft. 9". Can be 
made larger if required. Fast and loose pulleys, 30" diameter, 5" belt, 80 revo- 
lutions per minute. 

20" Axle Lathe. — We also make a single lathe of this type, swinging 20" 
over the bed and 1 1" over the carriage, for railway car axles. Provided with two 
carriages and a forming attachment. This lathe is especially adapted to turning 
the central part of tapered car axles and can be used to advantage in connection 
with the double lathe (Plate 87), which will turn the axle ends. 



io8 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 89. 




30" PATENT TURRET LATHE. 



This machine is designed to handle the heaviest work for which these 
machines are adapted, and is, we believe, the most rigid and substantial tool of 
the kind yet built. Bed is 1 1 ft. long. Swing 30" over bed. Livehead is triple 
geared with fifteen speeds. It is stopped, started and changed from fast to slow 
gear by movement of lever. It has independent turning and screw cutting feeds. 
Turning feeds are controlled by an improved, variable friction arrangement, and 
feed gearing has safety device to prevent breakage by accidental overloads. Sad- 
dle or carriage has quick hand feed through steel rack in the bed, and adjustable 
automatic stops for turning feeds. It carries a heavy square turret with 
Richards' patent self-acting lock which takes up lost motion automatically by steel 
wedges in steel sockets. Each face has a socket for boring bar and a sliding tool 
holder with hand cross feed. 



\Vm. Sellers .S: Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



109 



Plate No. 90. 




LATHE FOR STEEL-TIRED CAR-WHEELS.— Up to 42" Diameter. 



This lathe is intended for turning car-wheels with steel tires up to 42" 
diameter on the tread, and is especially designed for those forms of wheel in which 
the tread projects beyond the plate on the outside of the wheel. Such wheels are 
held by expanding a continuous chuck against the inside of the tires, and are 
supported without any strain on the axles. They are centred by rollers running 
on any unworn part of the tire, as top of flange, for example, and then bolted 
fast. There are two driving-heads, each provided with its own slide-rest, arranged 
to move to and from one another by power upon the bed ; the axle of the wheels 
being supported upon adjustable centres. Face-plates, 43" diameter. Driving- 
cone, 32" diameter on the largest lift, for 5" belt ; and the ratio of the gears in 
the driving train is 276 to i. Feeds are provided in both directions, operated by 
an adjustable crank and ratchet boxes. Height of centres above bed, 26" ; cap- 
able of turning full width of tire in one broad cut, but arranged for successive 
narrow feeds also. Complete with countershaft, wrenches, two sample expanding 
rings for 42" tires. Fast and loose pulleys, 26" diameter, 6" face. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Wheel=Turning Lathes. 

THESE lathes are designed for turning locomotive driving-wheels and driving- 
wheel centres, and for boring centres where no boring mill is accessible. 

They are also arranged so that they may be employed to true the bearings 
of the axles by shifting the saddles on the bed, which, in most cases, can be done 
without taking the wheels out of the lathe, as the shallowness of our saddles 
usually permits them to be moved under the wheel flanges. The centres being 
set close to the back edge of the wide flat bed, the pressure of the cut always falls 
within the bed surface. The feed is obtained from a rock-shaft placed overhead, 
either supported by the roof-beams or by columns attached to the lathe heads. 
Our wheel lathes are of two types, one in which only one of the heads has a steel 
adjustable spindle, and the other in which both are so provided ; the lathes of the 
latter type are of exceptionally heavy driving power, and are intended more for 
manufacturers than for repair shops. 

The range of sizes which we manufacture is shown in the following table :: 



Size of Lathe. 


Diameter of 
Face Plates. 


Height of Centres 
above top of Bed. 


Length of Bed. 


Maximum dis- 
tance between 
Face Plates. 




5V' 


4 ft. 6J" 


2 ft. 3^" 


16 ft. 2|" 


9 ft. 11" 


Made also with 
Bed n ft. 6" long. 


66^' 


5 ft. 6 J" 


2 ft. 9J" 


14 ft. lOJ" 


8 ft. 6" 




79'' 


6 ft. 6.}" 


3 ft. 3J" 


15 ft. Ill" 


8 ft. 10" 




80'' 


6 ft. 7J" 


3 ft. 41" 


15 ft. Ill" 


8 ft. 51" 


2 Sliding Spindles- 


100" 


8 ft. 2^' 


4 ft. 2" 


19 ft. 2" 


9 ft. 1" 


2 Sliding Spindles. 



We can arrange any of these for driving by electric motor attached directly 
to the lathe, and with work shaft carried upon columns; and all sizes of these 
lathes can be supplied with the following extra attachments : Patent hoisting 
attachment; 'wheel quartering attachment ; face-plate slide- rest for facing hubs of 
crank-pin holes, and splining attachment for key-seating. 



Quartering Attachment. 

For wheel-quartering, we furnish a portable horizontal boring machine 
which can be put in place of one of the slide-rests upon its post, and when so 
placed its spindle is level with the centre of the lathe. This boring machine has 
improved friction feed forward and backward, and quick hand return. When 
ordered with quartering attachment, four slots of one face-plate are planed true 
and square, so that they may be used with suitable fixtures for setting the wheels. 



Wm. Sellers Sc Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 91. 




54" WHEEL-TURNING LATHE. 

With Two Geared Heads, with Face-Plate 54^3" Diameter, Driven 
Independently . 



Two compound slide-rests, self-acting feeds in all directions ; will swing 
49" over the saddle. Height of centre above top of bed, 27". Head is set over 
to bring cutting strains all within bed. 8}i" cast-iron spindle. Maximum dis- 
tance between face-plates, 9 ft. 11". Largest lift of cone-pullej^ 26)4" diameter 
for 334" belt. Complete with countershaft, wrenches, ratchet-boxes, and rock- 
shaft for feed. Fast and loose pulleys, 20" diameter, 5" face, and should make 
50 revolutions per minute. ]\ hccl-qiiartcring and hub-faci)ig- affac/iiiu-u f, extra. 
Splining attachment for hubs of "a'heiis, extra. Patent hoisting attachment fo?- lift- 
ing tvheels into lathes, extra. Can be arranged for driving by electric motor at- 
tached to bracket on head, the rock-shaft being supported upon coluuuis. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



so as to bring the crank- pin holes at exactly ninety degrees. This device, while 
it can be applied to any size of lathe, is chiefly used for the smaller ones. For 
the 80" and 100" lathes, we also furnish outside qiiartej'ing attachments, carried 
upon one or both heads. A single boring machine may be used for right or left 
hand lead, and the wheels reversed for boring the second hole, or two attachments 
may be used, boring both holes simultaneously, Extra countershafts, face-plate 
stops, etc., are furnished with both types. 

The Crane Attachment. 

We provide in both face-plates circular pockets near to the rim, which 
pockets are for the purpose of sustaining the ends of a small I-beam, adapted to 
the gauge of the road. On this I-beam are sling-chains, screw-swivels and hooks 
to attach to the axle between the wheels. By means of this very simple and not 
cumbersome device, the wheels on their axles are swung up to the centre by the 
rotation of the two face-plates through say one-quarter of a revolution. Wheels 
rolled up to the back of the lathe are thus lifted in with great ease, and they are 
set down again on the floor in the same manner. 

The Face -Plate Slide- Rest. 

Is bolted to a slot in one of the four plates, and can be used to turn the 
crank-pin boss and wheel hub. 

The Splining Attachment. 

This consists of a large opening nut attached to the under surface of one of 
the saddles, so as to connect it to the driving shaft which is threaded for that pur- 
pose. The rotation of the shaft causes the saddle to move a planing tool back 
and forth, so as to cut a keyseat. Of course this is only important when there are 
no other tools in the shop better adapted for the work. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 92. 




66" WHEEL-TURNING LATHE. 



Two compound slide rests, self-acting feeds in all directions ; will swing 
60" over the saddles. Height of centres over bed, 33 >2". Heads set over to 
bring cutting strains within bed. Maximum distance between face plates, 8 ft. 
6". Largest lift of cone-pulley, 29" for 4^^" belt. Complete with countershaft, 
rock-shaft for feed motion, wrenches and ratchet levers. Fast and loose pulleys 
on countershaft, 24" diameter, 7" face, 50 revolutions per minute. We are pre- 
pared to furnish the following extras: Patent Jioistino attacluiicnt for liftino 
'a'heels in ?rst ; ivhcel quartering attadnnent to he earried on one of tlie tool rests : 
li lib facing rest to be carried on face plate; splining atlaelnnent : electric motor 
drive ivith countershaft, rock- shaft and motor Q7x.xx\>tA by the machine. 



IJ4 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 93. 




79" WHEEL-TURNING LATHE. 



Two compound slide-rests, self-acting feeds in all directions ; will swing 
6 ft. over the saddle. Height of centre above top of bed, 3 ft. 2>yi", Head set 
over to bring cutting strains all within bed. Extension supports for centres. Maxi- 
mum distance between face-plate, 8 ft. 9". Largest lift of cone-pulley, 29" diameter 
for 4}4" belt. Complete with countershaft, wrenches, ratchet boxes, and rock- 
shaft for feed. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 24" by 7". Should make 
50 revolutions per minute. Wheel quartering and hub facing attachiiioit, extra. 
Splining attachment for hubs of wheels, extra. Pateyit hoisting attachnicnt for lift- 
ing wheels into lathe, extra. Can also be arranged for operation by electric motor 
attached to principal live-head. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 95. 




80" WHEEL-TURNING LATHE. 



With two geared heads and two compound slide-rests with self-acting feeds. 
Both heads have heavy steel sliding spindles and steel extensions bolted to face- 
plate, with clamp for projecting end of spindle. Extra heavj' gearing all cut from 
solid steel. Height of centres, 40 '4", will swing 72>H" over saddle. Complete 
with countershaft, wrenches, etc. Fast and loose pulleys, 28" diameter for 4'^'^" 
belt, make 200 revolutions per minute. Plate shows outside boring machine for 
wheel quartering on right hand head. This is extra and can be furnished for 
one head or both. Hoisting or cya)ic atfac/iiiioit s/i07ri/ is a/so an extra. Rock- 
shaft may be carried on columns as indicated, or in hangers attached to rafters or 
ceiling. May be arranged for motor drive if required. 



[6 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 96. 




100" WHEEL-TURNING LATHE. 

With two powerfully geared heads and two extra heavy compound rests, 
operated by electric motor attached to machine. Height of centres above bed, 
50". Both heads have very large steel sliding spindles, with steel extension 
bearings and clamps. All gears cut from solid. When operated by counter- 
shaft, fast and loose pulleys are 36" diameter by 7 J^" face, and make 120 revolu- 
tions per minute. Rock-shaft may be carried on columns as shown, or by hang- 
ers from rafters. Quartering attachments, single or double, extra. Crane or lift- 
ing attachment, extra. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



117 



Plate No. 97. 




GRINDSTONE BOX. 

Massive casting in one piece, mounted on three wheels, one of which is ar- 
ranged to swivel to permit easy moving of box. Ball and socket bearings for ar- 
bor, with arbor, clamping washers, nut, and adjustable tool rest, complete except 
pulleys and stone, which are extra. 



Size of Stone. 


Face of Stone. 


Diameter of Arbor. 


Diameter of Washers. 


Size of Journal. 


42^' 


6'' 


2'' 


m" 


w 


48^' 


7V' 


2r 


12- 


n" 


60'' 


8'' 


Z" 


15" 


2\" 



Wm. SELI.ERS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Patent DnlI=Grinding flachine. 

To drill true holes of uniform diameter and the closest approximation to the 
size of the drill, it is necessary that the two cutting edges of the lips of the 

drill should be of precisely the same length, and at the same angle with 
the axis ; and to obtain the greatest drilling effect it is requisite that the backing 
or clearance of the two lips should conform as closely as possible, near to the cut- 
ting edges, to the shape of the bottom of the hole produced by the drill, so as to 
give the greatest strength and support to the cutting edges, yet insure suflScient 
clearance to enable the drill to cut freely. As the shape of the bottom of the hole 
is a cone with the apex truncated by the point of the drill, it is evident that the 
best shape for the end of the lips of the drill will be that of the surface of a simi- 
lar cone having its axis sufficiently eccentric to the axis of the drill to give the 
proper clearance to the edge. Our drill-grinding machine is constructed on this 
principle, and produces the correct shape on every size, from tV to 3", of twist, 
fly, chuck, or any other kind of double-lip drill, without any alteration or adjust- 
ment of the holding device. The thickness of the web between the cutting-edges 
at the point of a drill has a marked effect upon its action, and should be as thin 
as practicable. Our '' pointing device'' grinds a groove on each side of the web 
at an angle to the cutting-edge, and also to the axis of the drill, deepest at the 
point, the width being proportioned to the diameter of the drill, narrow in small 
drills and wider in large, and determined automatically by the size of the drill 
itself, without any adjustment. 

A machine for grinding drills from tV" to tij" diameter is also provided as 
an attachment to the large machine. This is constructed on the same principles, 
and will produce the same theoretically correct shapes, so that a complete drill- 
grinding machine, with all attachments, will accurately grind any kind of double- 
lip drill from tV to 3" diameter, and will reduce the thickness of the point of 
drills over yi" diameter, in such manner as not to diminish the strength ; both 
cutting- edges will be of the same length and the point will be in the centre, regard- 
less of the accuracy with which the drill has been forged or milled. The advan- 
tage of being able to grind drills which will make holes of uniform diameter is 
very great when the holes are to be reamed, as it permits the size of the drill to 
be so proportioned to that of the reamer as to leave the least practical amount of 
work for the latter. Very little skill on the part of the operator is required, the 
size of the drill itself in all cases automatically determining its position for correct 
grinding. The pump and water-supply nozzles enable the work to be done 
quickly and without risk of drawing the temper of the drills. 

The benefit of having the lips and points of drills accurately ground is 
found not only in superiority of the work, but also in diminished wear on the 
machines, and the less power required to drive and feed them. Having all drills 
ground by one man on this machine, increases the output of the drilling machines, 
the uniformity of the product, and saves drills. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 119 



Plate No. 




FRONT VIEW OF PATENT DRILE-GRINDING MACHINE. 

WITH Pointing Attachment. 

Produces cutting edges of the correct shape on any kind of double-lip drill 
from tV" to 3", without any alteration or adjustment of the holding devices to 
suit different sizes and kinds, and reduces the thickness of the web at the point 
symmetrically about the axis. 



;2o Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 99. 




REAR VIEW OF PATENT DRILL-GRINDING MACHINE. 



Showing the supplemental machine for grinding drills from tV" to lir". The 
fast and loose pulleys on the machine are 5" diameter, 3" face, and must be made 
to run about 560 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Unversal Tool=Qrinding flachines. 

THE system of having a separate department for the manufacture, care, inspec- 
tion, maintenance, and storage of small tools, from which they are deliv- 
ered to the users only on checks, which serve as receipts to identify the 
person at fault in case of their loss, breakage, or misuse, has been of such pro- 
nounced benefit that it is almost universally adopted. Many years ago we started 
an effort to bring within this system the lathe and planer tools, and everything in 
the shape of a cutting tool used on any of the machines in our works. This 
necessitated a thorough investigation of the shapes and merits of such tools as 
were at that time distributed among the various machines, and a long series of 
experiments to determine the best forms and cutting angles, so as to decide just 
what was the most efficient shape of tool for any definite operation upon any given 
material. When the desired forms were finalh^ fixed upon, we designed and built 
a machine by which these forms could be quickly, reliably, and accurately ground 
by unskilled labor. This machine we placed in our tool department, and by it 
produced a set of tools such as we believed would answer every requirement of 
the works. These tools were systematically arranged so that they could be 
treated with as much consideration as reamers or taps, and when all was ready 
every machine in the place was relieved of its stock of good, bad, and indifferent 
tools, thus unearthing tons of the best tool steel, much of which had been abso- 
lutely useless for years. Although encountering, at the start, some opposition 
from men who had pronounced ideas as to the most desirable shapes, which did 
not coincide with the standards adopted, the system soon proved a great benefit 
in everj^ respect. While at the beginning we had occasionally to fine a man who 
would return a tool showing evidence of his having reground it, now we could 
not induce him to waste the time required to do this. We are convinced that bj- 
the adoption of this system we have not only increased the daily output of our 
machine tools, but also have improved the average quality of the work from them, 
while at the same time reducing the cost of the cutting-tools and improving the 
appearance and esprit of the shops. 

The results of this experience are embodied in our Patent Tool-Grinding 
Machines, which have been designed to produce and to duplicate with mathe- 
matical accuracy the angles and shapes which we have adopted as our standards, 
or any others that may be desired, and to do this reliably and expeditiously by 
means of U7iskillcd labor. 

To efficiently grind steel tools by means of rapid cutting-wheels, it is abso- 
lutely necessary that the contact between the two should be a line and not a sur- 
face. Hence, if it is desired to grind a plane face of a tool, the wheel nmst have 
a cylindrical or conical surface, past which the surface to be ground must be 
moved in a plane. A plane face of the wheel cannot be used for this purpose, 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Universal Tool=Qrinding Machines. — {Co?tii7uied.) 

because it and the surface being ground would soon coincide, with the resuUs of 
no cutting and much heating. 

The tool should be clamped in the holder against its base, or the surface 
upon which it rests when in use, in order to avoid any errors due to want of 
parallelism of its sides, and to enable it to be reground with a minimum of loss. 
All of its plane faces should be ground without altering its position in the holder, 
to insure accuracy of the angles and uniformity in results. This requirement 
is particularly important in thread tools, for the grinding of which these machines- 
are of the utmost benefit. Indeed, if they were capable of nothing else, this one 
feature of the accurate grinding of thread tools and the consequent maintenance 
of standards, would make their use profitable. 

The tool-holder should be capable of presenting the tool to the wheel in 
such manner that any face can be so ground as to have a definite, predetermined 
relation to the other faces and to the shank, and the adjvistments necessary to ac- 
complish this must be easily understood and quickly manipulated. It must be so- 
mounted as to enable the tool-face to be easily and quickly reciprocated past the 
line of cut of the wheel, and to be reliably fed against it and brought to any part 
of it. The cuts should be light, quick, and frequent, to produce the best results 
in the shortest time. 

Our experiments demonstrated that for roughing-cuts a curved cutting- 
edge is more efficient than a straight one, and that different materials and differ- 
ent depths of cut require different degrees of curvature ; also, that the cut should 
be a draw-cut and not a gouging-cut, so that the bulk of the metal would be 
removed ahead of the point of the tool. This adds greatly to its life, the point 
being the most delicate part. The machines are supplied with holders to be used 
when grinding curved faces, and gauges for setting the tools in their holders- 
so as to produce our standard shapes as given by the reference tables accompany- 
ing the machines, but means are provided for producing any other shapes that 
may be preferred to those adopted by us. Means are also provided for grind- 
ing circular cutting-edges with ease and accuracy, which is a great convenience in 
forming tools for planing or turning fillets and circular grooves. 

For boring or chasing tools, which are usually bent at right angles to the 
shank, a special holder is furnished which, when inserted in the regular holder, 
enables such tools to be ground in the same manner as the outside turning- 
tools. The advantage of being able to grind a chasing-tool which will make 
a female thread having absolutely the same shape and angles as its male mate 
which has been produced by a tool ground in the same manner, needs no 
comment . 

The only shapes of cutting-edges which cannot be ground on thes machines 
are concave curves and re-entrant angles less than ninety degrees. 

A rotary pump forces water to the tool being ground through a system of 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 123 



Plate No. 100. 




No. 1 UNIVERSAI, TOOL-GRIXDIXu MACHINE. 
For tools with shanks not over 2^4" by 2". Cotnplete with countershaft, 
wrenches and the following attachments : Rotary pump and jointed pipe system ; 
chuck for circular and curved tools ; a holder for grinding bases of tools ; a chnck 
for grinding a bent tool un all f;ices without changing its position in the chuck : 
a chuck for holding splinino- or key-sea lino- tools ; a cra)ie for changing the wheel 
on its spindle ; a diamond fool for truing the wheel ; twenty-eight sample tools 
of various shapes, mounted in a frame ; diaorams giving usual shapes, angles for 
setting, etc. Fast and loose pulleys, 10" by 6" ; 400 revolutions per minute. 



124 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Universal Tool=Qrinding flachines. — {Confi7tiied.) 

jointed pipes, ending in an adjustable nozzle. This furnishes a large volume of 
water at low velocity, which can be regulated in amount and directed at will, 
thus enabling it to be applied in manner and quantity to suit the various conditions, 
and avoiding the necessity of applying it to the wheel at some distance above the 
tool, whereby it would attain the velocity of the wheel on reaching the tool and 
cause an inadmissible amount of splashing. The function of the water is to carry 
off the heat generated by the grinding, and this arrangement accomplishes this in 
the most effectual manner and with the least splashing. 

The use of such a large quantity of water demands that all working parts 
should be protected from it, on account of the grit carried along with it. This 
has been effectually done. In fact, every point about these machines has been 
carefulh' studied and thoroughly tried. 

The daily product of the machine in our own shops averages something 
over four hundred tools, which includes new tools and those requiring only a 
slight retouching, or, in other words, the average requirements of a machine-shop. 

The No. i Machine will do all work, after forging, to finish to shape tools 
whose shanks are not over 2" by 2j4". The wheel has two conical grinding sur- 
faces forming a V, with 90 degrees included angle, for convenience in grinding 
the different faces of tools, for increasing the available grinding surface, and to 
enable small and delicate splining tools to be ground. The tool-chuck can be 
rotated about a horizontal axis parallel with the shank of the tool, and can be 
readily set to any angle by means of a graduated circle and vernier reading to to 
degree. It is carried in a frame which can be rotated about a vertical axis pass- 
ing near the point of the tool, and can be set to tV degree. The frame is carried 
by two slide-rests at right angles to each other and moving parallel to the tangent 
planes of the two grinding surfaces. The slide-rests, frame and chuck are all 
carried by a vertical slide having a long square bearing accurately fitted, and the 
weight of the moving parts is counterbalanced by a spiral spring, so that, 
although massive and rigid, it can be reciprocated vertically with surprising ease. 
The chuck for grinding curved surfaces is inserted in the regular tool-chuck, and 
a frame carrying a gauge and a roller against which the former-plates work, is 
put in place in about half a minute. Means are provided by which a tool filed or 
ground to any desired curved shape can be used as a guide or templet from which 
a former-plate can be ground in the machine and afterwards used to exactly repro- 
duce the tool or a curve parallel to it. A chuck is provided for grinding the side 
or base of a tool shank. Also a chuck by which a tool bent at a right angle can 
be ground the same as a straight tool without changing its position in the chuck. 
The V shape of the wheels permits the use of a chuck for grinding delicate 
splining tools. 

"While the machine is massive and rigid, yet the facilities are such that all 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 101. 




No. 2 UNIVERSAL TOOL-GRINDING MACHINE. 

For tools with shanks not over 2" b}' i/i;". Grinding wheel of ordinar}^ 
shape, 15" diameter, with axial reciprocating motion which can be instantly 
stopped or started. Graduated arcs by which the clearance angles can be read 
direct. Complete with rotary pump and jointed pipe arrangement and the follow- 
ing attachments : Holders for curved face tools, one for sti-aio/if right or left 
hand, one for bciit right hand, one for bent left hand, and one for circular tools. 
A gauge for setting curved face tools in the holders. A chuck for grinding anj' 
bent tool on all its faces without changing its position in the chuck. Tables and 
diagrams giving cutting and clearance angles of all tools. A diavnmd tool for 
truing wheel, and />^rw<' with twenty-eight sample tools. Coinitershaft complete 
and all necessary wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys, 10" diameter, 5" face, to 
make 360 revolutions per minute. 



126 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Universal Tool=Qrinding flachines. — {Co7ittnited.) 

the operations can be easily and quickly performed, and its stiffness enables it to 
do very accurate work. 

The No. 2 Machine will do all work, after forging, to finish to shape tools 
whose shanks are not over ij^" by 2", excepting those splining tools whose cut- 
ting section is so small that it is made as a projection from a cylinder. Two such 
tools are illustrated in Plate No. 104. With this exception it will do all, within 
its limit as to size, that the large machine will do. Its movements are all con- 
venient, light, and quick, while at the same time it is amply heavy to do excel- 
lent work on any tool which can be held in its chucks. Its design is less expens- 
ive in proportion to its capacity than the larger machine, but it will grind the 
majority of the tools used in a machine shop. 

The grinding wheel is of the ordiuarj' shape, the cylindrical surface only 
being used. The axis has a reciprocating motion which can be instantly stopped 
or started. This makes smoother work with a coarser wheel, keeps the wheel 
surface true, and improves the lubrication of the spindle. The chuck for 
grinding plane faces is so mounted that any angular face can be properly pre- 
sented to the wheel by reading the graduated circle direct for the required clear- 
ance angle. 

In addition to the attachments enumerated above, we furnish with each 
tool-grinding machine, a substantial diamond tool for truing the emery wheel ; 
diagrams mounted on convenient boards showing the grinding angles for all usual 
forms of tools, and a neat frame containing twenty-eight sample steel tools illus- 
trating the various shapes. 

In addition to grinding the tools shown in the plates herewith, various 
other applications of these machines have been made ; among which may be men- 
tioned, grinding double end cutters for boring bars, special tools for rotary planers, 
inserted teeth for heavy saws, round punches, etc., all of which require special 
chucks or holders, not included in the usual equipment. 

Cylindrical punches of hardened steel can be ground to exact diameter 
with plain flat ends or with centering teats. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 127 



Plate No. 102 





EXAMPLES OF LATHE TOOLS FINISHED TO SHAPE BY THE 
TOOL-GRINDING AND SHAPING MACHINE. 



128 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 103. 




EXAMPLES OF PLANER TOOLS FINISHED TO SHAPE BY THE 
TOOL-GRINDING AND SHAPING MACHINE. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia. Pa. 129 



Plate No. 104. 




EXAMPLES OF MISCELLANEOUS THREAD, BORING, SLOTTING, AND OTHER 
TOOLS OF DIFFICULT SHAPES, 
FINISHED BY THE TOOL-GRINDING AND SHAPING MACHINE. 



I30 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 105. 




"^gfa ~mjF&^ 



COLD SAW. 

^ Especially adapted for cutting with great rapidity rails, beams, etc., either 
hot or cold, by melting or burning the steel. The saw, 48" diameter, is carried 
upon a heavy steel spindle by a balanced swing frame with lifting gears, operated 
by fast and loose pulleys, open and cross belts. Machine is driven from pulley 
situated behind it, either on a countershaft or an independent high-speed engine, 
the latter preferred. The centre of the pulley shaft should be at the same height 
as the fulcrum shaft carrying the frame of the saw. Every precaution is taken 
to insure good running at the high velocity required. The pulley is 12" diameter 
for 12" belt, and should make about 1800 revolutions per minute. For cutting 
beams we usually use a 60" saw, and provide, instead of a clamp vise, a bed- 
plate with bolt slots. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 106. 




GEAR-CUTTING AND WHEEL-DIVIDING MACHINE. 

Automatic in all its motions ; arranged to cut bevel and spur wheels to 
4 ft. 6" diameter and 12" face. Division made by wheel and tangent screw care- 
fully constructed. One full set of change wheels to effect division of wheels from 
10 up to 360 teeth. Feeds self-acting and variable. Complete with countershaft, 
change wheels, cutter mandrel, sample work arbor, steady rests and wrenches. 
Fast and loose pulleys, 14" for 4" belt, should make 120 revolutions per minute. 
Variable feed, three cutting speeds, quick return. One man can attend four 
machines. 



[32 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 107. 




MILLING MACHINE. 
WITH Separate Outboard Support for Cutter Mandrel. 

Height from centre of spindle to table, adjustable from 7" to 11". Table,. 
8^" wide by 2g^4" long. Cutter mandrel, i}(" diameter. Traverse of table, 
14", operated through power friction feed of wide range. Saddle carrying table, 
adjustable along bed by hand for 4^2". Clamp vise, with hardened steel jaws, 
7" long by 1 14" deep. Opening of vise, 3". Table provided with stops to limit 
stroke, and quick hand traverse for adjustment. Complete with countershaft, 
wrenches, and clamp vise. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter,. 
4" face, and should make 150 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



^33 



Plate No. 108. 




MILLING MACHIXIv 



Height of spindle adjustable above table from 7" to 11". Longitudinal 
adjustment, 4>^". Transverse movement of table across bed, 14". Longitudinal 
movement by hand ; traverse of table by hand or power, with adjustable friction 
feed and automatic adjustable stop. Vertical and transverse movement adjustable 
by double screw to take up lost motion. Machine complete with countershaft, 
clamp vise with jaws 7" long, depth !}{", opening 3", cutter mandrel, and 
wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 10" diameter, 4" face, and 
should make 150 revolutions per minute. 



134 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 109. 




25" SLABBING MACHINE— 4 ft. Table. 

tnatir friction feed variable from 3 8 to S per luru ui «-ui.tci A,-,i-r,matio 

rihead Oil pump, tanks -d"rcolaU„g system „«^^^^^^^ 
knockout stops feed at end of stroke. „2"f^\^^^™iSS coupons from boiler 
;;ftr'^Vi:f.XrpUr„sT5retat, :?'^Sick:"'fas't and lo^ose pulleys, .4" 
diameter for 6" belt. Speed 210 revolutions per mtnute. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



:35 



Plate No. 110. 




25" SLABBING MACHINE— 12 ft. Table. 



Width between housings, 24". Adapted for milling connecting rods, side 
bars, etc., cutting keyseats in heavy shafts and other milling operations. Made 
also with shorter or longer table as required. Table operated by spiral pinion 
same as our planing machines. Cutter mandrel or arbor 2" diameter; movable 
supports adjustable to suit width and position of cutter. Improved friction feed, 
variable from H" to 8" per turn of cutter. Table runs in flat bearings with holding- 
down shoes. Crosshead securely gibbed to uprights. Stop motion for table and 
friction clutch to prevent recoil. Table has quick power traverse and easy hand 
adjustment. Automatic stop for feed. Oil pump, circulating pipes and tanks. 
Will take cutter 8" diameter. Made also for 12" cutter. Made also with variable 
speed countershaft. Very powerful and efficient. Countershaft pulleys, 16" di- 
ameter for 5" belt, should make 250 revolutions per minute, or with variable 
speed countershaft, 360. 



136 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 




TWO-SPINDI,E VERTICAL MILLING MACHINE— for Test Specimens. 



The plate coupons are clamped in a chuck [to a thickness of about 3". 
Two cutters are fed together by right and left screws to proper distance as deter- 
mined by a gauge piece. The automatic feed of the table passes the specimens 
between the cutters, reducing the central portion to the required width. Variable 
friction feed, quick hand adjustment, and automatic stop or "knock-out" for 
end of stroke. Table gibbed to bed, driven by screw and nut, full .stroke, 32". 
Complete with chuck, two sample cutters, wrenches, pump and circulating pipe 
system, and countershaft. Fast and loose pulleys, 12" diameter, 3^" face. 290 
rotations per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 137 



Plate No. 112. 




27" VERTICAL MILLING MACHINE- 



Overreach of spindle, 27". Circular table, 26" diameter (or 30" if 
required). Vertical movement of slide carrying spindle, 8". Travel of saddle on 
bed, 26". Cross travel of table, 28". Power feed to table in all directions through 
mproved friction arrangement. Complete with pump, tank and circulating sys- 
tem, sample arbor for cutter, countershaft and wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys, 
22" diameter, 5" face. Speed 150 revolutions per minute. 



[38 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 113. 




ROTARY PLANER. 



WITH 36" Cutter-Head, to Finish Work 6 feet Long. 



This machine is provided with 44 tools, arranged in a circle of 36" internal 
diameter. Cutter-head is carried upon a heavy spindle, and supported by an ex- 
tended bearing which is as large as the head itself, and relieves the spindle of 
bending strain. The saddle carrying this cutter-head is 54" long, and is gibbed 
to place with large brass shoes. Cutter- head is driven by belt without u.se of 
long shafts and sliding keys. The power feed is adjustable, and varies from i" 
per revolution of the cutter- head to 4". Rapid power traverse is arranged for 
moving head quickly to place, and the two levers operating the feeding and trav- 
ersing mechanism are interlocked to prevent both being thrown in at the same 
time. The table shown in the plate is 8 ft. long by 36" wide, and is adjustable 
to and from the cutter-head to regulate the amount of feed. Fast and loose pul- 
leys on countershaft are 24" diameter for 4" belt, and should make 260 revolu- 
tions per minute. 

N. B. — These machines are made with various leiigths of travel and different 
arrangements for supporting ivork. 



Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



'39 



Plate No. 114. 




ROTARY PI.ANER FOR ARMOR PLATES. 



The cutter-head having 75 tools, arranged in circle 50" diameter, will plane 
work 26 ft. long, carried upon two tables, each 8 ft. long by 7 ft. 6" wide. 
These tables are adjustable to and from the cutter-head by power to regulate 
depth of cut ; the head is provided with power traverse at the rate of 20 ft. per 
minute for adjustment and variable friction feed. Power is conve^'ed to head by 
belts without use of long shafts and sliding bearings. Machine complete with 
countershaft, wrenches, and sample set of cutters. Fast and loose pulleys on 
countershaft 24" by 5^2" face, and should make 400 revolutions per minute. 

Note. — The cutter-head and saddle of this machine were designed to meet 
a demand for a more powerful and more rigid tool than any in the market, and 
special attention was paid to strength of parts and arrangement and size of bear- 
ings. IVe make this machine ivith 7'arious foiDis of table and fo>' bridge-7C'ork, 
arrange it to sivivel. 



140 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 115. 




«» 



12" SHAPING MACHINE. 



Stroke adjustable from o" to 12", with Whitworth motion, giving uniform 
cutting speed and quick return. Shaping bar adjustable 18" in addition to the 
stroke. Bed 4 ft. io>3" long. Movement of .saddle on bed, 48". Tables adjust- 
able vertically and horizontally. Extreme distance between outer edges of 
tables, 58". Greatest distance between table and shaping bar, 13/2". Overhang 
of tables, 19". Vertical feed of tool, 5". Motions for straight, curved, vertical, 
and angular work. Rczwlving hollow spindle in bed to carry mandrels and cones for 
circular work, clamping vise, and centre-heads with index plate, furnished to order. 
Countershaft with two sets of fast and loose pulleys, one for short stroke, 8" by 
4", to run 200 revolutions, and one for long stroke, 16" by 4", to run 66 revolu- 
tions per minute. We also make a smaller shaping machine having 9" stroke. 
Bed 3 ft. 8" long. Traverse of head, 36". 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



141 



Plate No. 116. 




16" SHAPING MACHINE. 



Stroke adjustable from o" to 16", with Whitworth motion, giving uniform 
cutting speed and quick return. Shaping bar adjustable 25" in addition to the 
stroke. Bed 6 ft. 5" long. Movement of saddle on bed, 66". Tables adjustable 
vertically and horizontally. Extreme distance between outer edges of tables, 
77". Greatest distance between table and shaping bar, 16^2". Overhang of 
tables, 23". Vertical feed of tool, 6^2". Motions for straight, curved, vertical, 
and angular work. Revolving holloiv spindle in bed to car/y nnr/idrels and rones for 
circular work, clamping vise, and centre-heads ivith index plate, furnished to order. 
Countershaft with two sets of fast and loose pulleys, one for short stroke, 10" by 
4", to run 380 revolutions, and one for long stroke, 18" by 4", to run 135 revolu- 
tions per minute. 



[43 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 




DOUBLE SHAPING MACHINE. 



Two 12" shaping machines on one base, 13 ft. long. Stroke of each 
machine adjustable from o" to 12", with Whit worth quick return motion. Shap- 
ing bar adjustable 18" in addition to stroke. Movement of each saddle, 48". 
Tables adjustable vertically and horizontally. Extreme distance between outer 
edges of tables on each machine, 58". Extreme distance between outer edges of 
outer tables, 13 ft. Overhang of tables, 19". Vertical feed of tools, 5". Motions 
for straight, curved, vertical, and angular work. Each machine driven indepen- 
dently. Can be used as two machines or as one, according to the length of the 
pieces to be planed. Revolving hollozv spindle in one or both beds to carry mandrels 
and cones for circular work, clamping vise, and centre-heads with index plate fur- 
nished to order. Two countershafts, each with two sets of fast and loose pulleys, 
one for short stroke, 9" by 4", to run 200 revolutions, and one for long stroke, 
16" by 4", to run 66 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers «& Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



143 



Plate No. 118. 




18" DOUBLE SHAPING MACHINE. 

With two independent heads driven at opposite ends of the bed, which is 
14 ft. long. Two adjustable tables 23" long by 16" wide, one having vertical 
surface 18" deep. Tables adjustable vertically 12". Vertical travel of tool slide, 
TiA"- Adjustable feed motion carried on travelling head. Rapid traverse by 
rack and pinion. Very stiff and powerful machine. Two speed countershafts 
with 20" pulleys, making 140 revolutions per minute, and 12" pulleys making 
570 revolutions per minute, all for 4" belt. 



Made also with one head, and two tables, bed being 
nished with circular feed. 



ft. lon^r. Can be fio 



144 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 119. 




CENTRE-HEADS AND BAR FOR SHAPING MACHINES. 

These are of different capacities to suit different sizes of shapers. One head 
is provided with worm rotating gear, and adjustable centre and a carefully made 
dividing plate with five or six rows of holes and screw stop ; there is also a spring 
stop, fitting twelve equally spaced slots, useful for a variety of work, as the changes 
can be made very quickly. One of the centres is adjustable in height for taper work. 
The diameter of the circle which will swing between the centres is equal to the 
nominal capacity of the sliaper. 



SINGLE SHAPERS— USUAL sizes. 



Size and 


Length to 
Plane. 


Total Length 
of Bed. 


Countershaft Pulleys. 


Stroke. 


Size. 


Speed. 


9'' 


36'' 


3 ft. 8" 


6" X 2-i" 
10" X 2V' 


400 
150 


W 


48'' 


4 ft. lOJ" 


9" X 4" 
16" X 4" 


200 
66 


W 


66" 


6 ft. 5" 


10" X 4" 
18" X 4" 


380 
135 


W 


72" 


7 ft. 


12" X 4" 
20" X 4" 


570 
140 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



[45 



Plate No. 120. 




CYLINDER SHAPER. 



For planing valve seats and ports on locomotive cylinders. Stroke adjust- 
able to 48" maximum. Bar operated by spiral pinion and rack like our planers. 
Has quick return at four times the cutting speed. Circular table 5 ft. diameter, has 
4 ft. traverse on bed. Height from table to underside of bar 46". Vertical stroke 
of tool slide 6". Table has quick power traverse, hand adjustment and variable 
power feed from o" to Y^" . Table rotated by pinion and provided with stop pin 
to set it at 90 degrees. 



[46 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 121. 




14" DRIVING BOX SHAPER— with Circular Feed. 

A very massive and substantial machine especially designed for planing out 
the semicircular bearing in locomotive driving boxes to take brass bushing. Width 
between ribs on knee for holding work, 26". Vertical adjustment of bracket, 8". 
Knee for holding work has cross travel on bracket. Stroke adjustable up to 14" 
maximum with quick return motion. Cutter bar has automatic circular feed. 
Machine complete with countershaft, cutter bar and wrenches. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 147 



Plate No. 121 




14" DRIVING BOX SHAPKR— with Vertical Feed. 

To be used with machine in Plate No. 121, for planing the straight sides of 
locomotive driving boxes. Tool box has automatic vertical feed with stroke of 8 ^ _- " . 
Knee for work on bracket to carry work is 26" wide between side ribs and has 
cross travel on bracket. Maximum stroke 14". Quick return. 



148 



Wm. SeIvLErs & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Slotting Machines. 

THE quality and amount of work which can be done by a slotting machine, 
depend largely upon its design and workmanship. The driving gear 
should run smoothly, and should move the tool-bar with an approximately 
uniform speed when the tool is cutting, but with a greatly accelerated speed on 
the return stroke. We accomplish this by means of carefully cut gears and a 
properly designed and proportioned Whit worth crank motion. The tool-bar is 
relatively long and very well fitted to a slide of the same length, the lower end of 
which should be as close down to the work as possible, in order to give a solid 
support to the bar. We make this slide adjustable so that its height can be read- 
ily changed to suit the work. This avoids the necessity of an excessively heavy 
bar, and thus facilitates its adjustment by a crank and screw conveniently located. 
The length of stroke is altered by a crank and screw shifting the crank-pin. The 
tool-bar is counterbalanced so that all lost motion is taken up. 

The circular table has convenient T slots, and a circular trough, which 
will collect the oil or lubricant used on the tool, and prevent waste and dirt. It 
is exactly perpendicular to the line of motion of the tool. It is rotated upon its 
axis by means of a worm, but can be firmly clamped at any desired point ; and is 
carried by a cross-slide, fitted to a longitudinal slide on the bed. All of these 
sliding pieces have large bearing surfaces carefully scraped together to form a 
solid mass and to avoid wear. The slides are exactly at right angles and all the 
movements are such that very accurate work can be done. The crank handles to 
produce these movements are within reach of the operator when he is in the best 
position for seeing the work. All the automatic feeds can occur only when the 
bar is at the top of its stroke, in order that the tool may return through the path 
it has just cut, and never be dragged over a new surface. 

The machine has been designed for ease and quickness of manipulation, 
because miich of the work requires very close attention, and the product depends 
upon the readiness with which the attendant can do his part in adjusting the work 
in various positions and keeping the tool under cut as much as possible. The 
material has been distributed so as to produce the greatest stiffness with the least 
weight, to make the machine easy to handle, and not to sacrifice convenience to 
an appearance of great weight and strength. 



Size. 


Stroke. 


Diameter of Table 

exclusive of 

Water Trough. 


Longitudinal 
Travel of Table. 


Transverse 
Travel of Table. 


30'' 


1\" 


20" 


14" 


14" 


36" 


10" 


24" 


17" 


17" 


42" 


12" 


28" 


20" 


20" 


48" 


13i" 


32" 


23" 


23" 


60" 


17" 


40" 


28" 


28" 


72" 


20" 


48" 


34" 


34" 



Wji. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



149 



Plate 




36" SLOTTING MACHINE- 

From face of tool to frame, 18". Stroke adjustable from o" to 10". Uni- 
form cutting speed and quick return. Table, 24" diameter, with rotary, trans- 
verse, and longitudinal motions. Variable self-feed occurring at top of stroke, 
and all crank handles in a convenient position. Table has water-trough not shown 
in plate. Transverse and longitudinal travel of table, 17". Floor to top of table, 
323^". Extreme height from top of table to underside of frame, 1x^2". 



150. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 124. 




42" SI^OTTING MACHINE 
From face of tool to frame, 21". Stroke adjustable from o" to 12". Uniform cutting speed and quick re- 
turn. Table, 28'' diameter, with rotary, transverse and longitudinal motions. Variable £elf-feed occurring at 
top of stroke, and all crank handles in a convenient position. 



tudinal travel of table, 20" 
frame. 13%". 



Floor to , top of table, 3214" 



Table has v?ater-trough. Transverse and lougi- 
Estreme height from top of table to underside of 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



51 



Plate 



No. 125. 




48" SLOTTING MACHINE. 



From face of tool to frame, 24". Stroke adjustable from o" to 13}^". Uni- 
form cutting speed and quick return. Table, 32" diameter, with rotarj', traverse, 
and longitudinal motions. Variable self-feed occurring at top of stroke, and all 
crank handles in a convenient position. Transverse and longitudinal travel of 
table, 23", Floor to top of table, 32^4". Extreme height from top of table to 
underside of frame, 15/^". 



152 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 126. 




72" SI.OTTING MACHINE. 



Distance from face of tool to frame, 36". Stroke adjustable from o" to 
20", with Whitworth motion, giving uniform cutting speed and quick return. 
Compound table, 48" diameter, with water trough. Rotary, transverse, and lon- 
gitudinal motions, all with variable self-feed occurring at top of stroke, and all 
crank handles near together in a convenient position. Transverse and longitu- 
dinal travel of table, each 34". Height from floor to top of table, 3234". Ex- 
treme height from top of table to underside of frame, 23I/2". Complete with 
countershaft and set of wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys 24" diameter by 7" 
face. Speed 130 rotations per minute. Made also wifli electric motor attached. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 153 



Some Special Slotting Machines. 



Not Illustrated Here. 



FOR CYLINDER PORTS.— A traverse slotter on fixed uprights 4 ft. 21^" 
apart, with travelling work table 3 ft. 6" by 4 ft. Maximum stroke of slotting bar, 
9". Traverse on crossbar or rail, 3 ft. 6". Height from table to underside of 
rail, 4 ft. lY-z" . Travel of table, 6 ft. Driven by electric motor, or by counter- 
shaft, if preferred. 

FOR LOCOMOTIVE LINKS.— A regular 60" slotter, 15" stroke, with 
rectangular table 2 ft. 4" by 3 ft. long, with radius bar and adjustable support. 
Will slot links from 3 ft. to 9 ft. radius. Maximum height from table to under- 
side of adjustable frame, 20". With countershaft and wrenches. Fast and loose 
pulleys, 20" diameter by ^Y^" face. 

FOR HEAVY SHIP PLATES.— A portable traverse slotter, which may 
be bolted or clamped directly to the plate and used to slot out ports and other 
openings. Traverse along crosshead, 4 ft. 10". Adjustable stroke and quick return. 
Greatest stroke, 9". Driven by electric motor, or rope belt from countershaft. 



[54 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 127. 




DOUBLE SLOTTING MACHINE 
For Locomotive Side Frames. 



This is an unusually strong and massive machine. Stroke adjustable up to 
22". Whitworth quick return. Driven by electric motors attached to travelling 
heads. Heads provided with quick power traverse to any part of bed. Quick 
power traverse for saddles on cross rail. Adjustable feed also in both directions. 
Cross rail swivel, to suit tapers up to i^" per foot. Bed 42 ft. long. Travel of 
heads on bed to suit frames 32 ft. long. Length of bed made to suit longer or 
shorter work if desired. Made also with three heads — and, if required, arranged 
to drive by countershaft. We believe this to be the stiffest and strongest frame 
slotter yet built and at the same time the handie.st. 

Enlarged view of one head (shown in Plate No. 128, on opposite page). 
Width between uprights, 48". Total travel of saddle on cross rail, 54". Clear 
height under cro.ss rail, 2334". Guided on one side only with brass taper shoes. 
Uprights connected by deep crossgirt independent of rail. Motor drive gives com- 
plete independence of heads in regard to speed and feed. Feed along bed variable 
from .014" to .17", and transversely from .006" to .102". Rapid travel controlled 
by friction clutches. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Ixcorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 155 



Plate No. 128. 




[56 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Planing flachines. 

SINCE the introduction of our method of driving planer tables by a spiral 
pinion engaging with an inclined rack, our planing machines have become 

so well and favorably known that we do not feel it necessary to give at this 
time an extended description of the details of their construction. We may 
say, however, that we have kept these machines thoroughly up to date, making 
from time to time such alterations as were demanded by modern practice. Our 
planing machines are of two kinds, those in which the driving belts are shifted to 
reverse the table, and those in which the reversal is accomplished by friction 
clutches. The second type we call the "Spiral geared planers," because a spiral 
pinion and spur wheel are used in place of the bevel wheel and pinion of the other 
type ; both make use of our well known table-drive by spiral pinion and inclined 
rack. Both use, also, our frictional escapement feed motion in which the revers- 
ing mechanism is operated at a constant and moderate rate of speed and is entirely 
independent of the velocity of the table. This enables us to increase the reverse 
speed of the table to the greatest permissable extent, which in our regular machines 
is determined by the time required to shift the belt and start up the table in the 
opposite direction. If the reversing speed be increased beyond a certain point, so 
much time is lost in reversing at the ends of the stroke, that there is but little or 
no gain derivable from the increased speed. This is especially noticeable where 
the stroke of the table is relatively short. We therefore have considered it wise 
to limit the speed of the reversing motion of these planers to three or four times 
the usual cutting speed ; that is to say, reversing at about 54 to 72 feet per 
minute, according to the size of the machine. The shifting lever is connected 
with the feed motion by a clutch which may be disengaged by a half turn of the 
handle on the end of the lever and the planer table may then be reversed as often 
as desired without taking up additional feeds. This is often much more conve- 
nient than disengaging the pawl in the ratchet feed-box, — the usual method of 
stopping the feed. 

Our planing machines stand parallel with the overhead shafting, thus econo- 
mizing shop room. When required to drive at right angles to the shafting, mule 
pulleys can be provided to carry the countershaft belt, or if preferred we can furnish 
them with driving pulleys at right angles to their usual position. We manufacture 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 157 



Plate No. 129. 




23" X 25" PLANING MACHINE— To Plane 6 Feet Long. 



For horizontal, vertical, and angular planing. Improved feed motion ; 
feed takes place at back end of return stroke. Vertical slide-rest on right-hand 
upright, extra. Usual speed of cut, 18 feet per minute ; return speed of table, 
72 feet per minute. Complete with countershaft and full set of cranks and 
wrenches. Made any required length. 



158 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Planing Machines. — Co7iti7iiied. 

a full line of planers of this type, the usual sizes of which are given in the follow- 
ing table, together with the shortest practicable length in each case. 



Name of Planer. 


Will Plane in Width. 


Will Plane in Height. 


Shortest Length of Table. 


20 laches. 


20 inches. 


20 inches. 


3 feet. 


25 


25 


25 


4 " 


30 


30 


80 " 


5 " 


36 


36 


36 


5 " 


42 


42 


42 


6 " 


48 


48 


48 


6 " 


54 


64 


54 


7 " 


60 


60 " 


60 


8 " 


72 


72 


72 


9 " 


84 


84 


84 


10 " 


120 


120 


120 " 


14 " 



These machines can be made of any additional length required. They can be 
furnished with one or two tools upon cross-head, and those above 30" can be pro- 
vided with vertical slide-rests on one or both of the uprights. When two saddles 
are used, we generally provide an additional screw to give independent horizontal 
feed to each saddle, the vertical movement being controlled by the same feed-rod ; 
but in some cases it is preferable to have both saddles on the same screw, in order 
that they may be moved simultaneously ; this we can also accomplish when 
desired. The projection of the tools on the cross- head and vertical slide-rests is 
the same, so that the horizontal and vertical tools begin and end their cut at the 
same time. Planers of 42" and over are provided with power-lifting gear for the 
cross-heads. All are furnished with countershaft complete and necessary wrenches. 
Knees, V-blocks, ribs and cross-plates, and other tools are extra. The larger planers 
may be arranged with electric motor upon a platform supported by the uprights 
and belting directly to the pulley-shaft. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



159 



Plate No. 130. 




36" X 36" PLANING MACHINE— to Plane Work 10 Feet Long. 



With two saddles 011 cross-head and one vertical slide-rest. Automatic 
tool lifter operating at any angle. Separate screw for extra slide-rest. Complete 
with countershaft and full set of cranks and wrenches. Second sadd/i' on f/oss- 
hcad and one or more vertical slide-rests, extra. Usual cutting speed iS ft. per 
minute, and return speed of table 72 ft. Made an}- required length. 



i6o 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No 131. 




42" X 42" PLANING MACHINE— to Plane Work 12 Feet Long. 



With improved feed motion. Automatic tool lifter operated at any angle. 
Extra saddle on cross- head and vertical slide-rest on both uprights. Separate 
screw for extra saddle. Power elevating gear for cross-head. Usual speed of 
cut, 1 8 feet per minute ; return speed of table, 72 feet per minute. Complete 
with countershaft and full set of cranks and wrenches. Additional slide-rest on 
cross-head and vei'tical slide-rests, extra. Made any length desired. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



i6i 



Plate No. 132. 




60" X 60" PLANING MACHINE— to Plane Work io Feet Long. 



With improved feed motion. Automatic tool lifter, operated at anj' angle. 
Extra saddle on cross-head and vertical slide-rest on both uprights. Separate 
screw for extra saddle. Power elevating gear for cross-head. Usual speed of cut, 
1 8 feet per minute ; return speed of table, 72 feet per minute. Complete with 
countershaft and full set of cranks and wrenches. Addifioiial slidc-irst in cross- 
hcad a.x\6. vertical slidc-irsls, extra. Made of any desired length. 



[62 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 133. 




12" X 72" PI.ANING MACHINE— to Plane Work 7 Feet Long. 



With improved feed motion. Automatic tool lifter. Power raising gear 
for cross-head. Vertical slide-rests counterbalanced. Usual cutting speed 18 ft. 
per minute; return speed of table 54 ft. Secojid saddle on cross-head and vertical 
slide-rests, extra. Made any required length. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 163 



Plate No. 134. 




120" X 120" PLANING MACHINE— to Plane Work 25 Feet Long. 



"With extra deep patent cross- head with independent feed rods and screws 
for both saddles. Counterbalanced vertical slide-re.st. Power raising gear for 
cross-head. Improved feed motion. Extra deep bed with patent bearings. 
Usual cutting speed 18 feet per minute ; return speed of table 54 feet. Very 
massive table. Made any required length. 



164 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Patent SpiraUGeared Planing flachines. 



IN designing this machine, we sought to produce a planer that would do better 
and more work than had ever been accomplished, to eliminate "chatter" 
marks, to increase the driving power and to accelerate greatly the reversing 
speed. The spiral gearing has produced a smoothness of work which has never 
been excelled ; and, to increase the reversing speed, we operate the mechanism 
by friction clutches driven by a belt or belts running in the same direction. When 
a single belt is used, the reversing is accomplished through a train of gearing. The 
table, the pinion-shaft, and the clutch-shaft are the parts which suffer reversal, the 
first two move at comparatively slow speeds, while the last is kept as light as pos- 
sible, and means are provided for absorbing its momentum. When the stop on the 
table strikes the lever at one end of the stroke, it draws one clutch out of engage- 
ment and presses lightly against the other, which is running in the opposite direc- 
tion. In this way the pinion and clutch- shafts are quickly checked. The table 
moves forward so as to take up the backlash of the teeth, so that the pulley-shaft is 
reversed without jar. The reversal of the pulley-shaft is not directly effected by the 
contact of the stops on the table with the tappets ; all that is done by them is to 
knock off the driving power, then apply the brake, and set in action an escape- 
ment by which certain wheels are made to give a semi-revolution, and nothing 
more. The motion of the table is uniform in either direction ; it overruns very 
slightly, and is brought to rest and started up in the opposite direction quickly, 
quietly, and entirely without shock. The machine reverses with almost the reg- 
ularit}' of a crank shaper. The hand lever permits the table to be controlled with 
great ease and certainty, stopped, .started, and reversed, while a partial rotation of 
the lever cuts out the feed or starts it as required. 

The speed of reverse in these machines is limited only b}^ the amount of 
power which is considered wise to expend for the purpose. For light machines 
a reversing speed of eight times the cutting speed, or say, 144 feet, is what we 
usually provide ; but in larger machines this is reduced to six or four times. The 
cross-heads of these machines are of massive construction, and consist of a practic- 
ally continuous beam, reinforced on the back by an arch between the uprights, the 
top and bottom flanges being tied together by a central web. Independent screws 
and feed-rods are used for the two saddles, so that two cutting tools on the cross- 
head will be entirely independent of one another in the direction of feeds. The 
planer may be operated from either side of the bed. Another special feature of 
these machines is the arrangement of the guides in the bed ; one is made flat, the 
other V shaped, with the V terminating on each side in a nearly vertical surface. 
The V bearing itself is very flat, thus making the table run easily under light loads; 
but heavy side cuts tending to shift the table, are resLsted by the vertical walls 
above the V. These machines are heavier and .stronger than the corresponding 
sizes of our other type of planer, and the driving power has been increased to a large 
extent. We are prepared to manufacture a full line of these machines. The usual 
sizes correspond with those in the table, page 158. 



Wm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



165 



Plate No. 135. 




20" X 20" PATENT SPIRAL-GEARED PLANING MACHINE. 

To Plane Work 5 Feet Long. 

Driving and reversing gear operated by friction clutches. Return speed of 
table, 144 feet per minute, or eight times the usual cutting speed. Feed-motion 
operated from either side of machine. Complete with countershaft and full set of 
cranks and wrenches. Can be made any length required. 



1 66 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, 



Pa. 



Plate No. 136. 



-W>: 




25" X 25" 



PATENT SPIRAL-GEARED PLANING MACHINE. 
To Plane Work 4 Feet Long. 



Single be,, driv.n, planing a.K| ^^^ Z^l^^ -^ 
tSe side .hrust. Bearings for table P|°^= '^^J'7,^rmachine. Complete witj; 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 167 



Plate No. 137. 




30" X 30" PATENT SPIRAL-GEARED PEANING MACHINE- 
To Plane Work 8 Feet Long. 



Length made as required. Single driving belt operates planing and revers- 
ing mechanism through improved friction clutches. Return speed of table, 144 
feet per minute, or eight times usual cutting speed. Patent table with one flat 
bearing. Both bearings and rack protected from dirt. Operated from either side. 
Improved cross-head with internal saddle, and separate rod and screw for second 
saddle. Power frictional raising gears for cross-head. Complete with counter- 
shaft, cranks and wrenches. Fiirnislicd witli ojicorhvo saddles on cross-head and 
tvith one or hvo side heads — or vertical slide-rests as required. 



i68 



Wm. SELI.ERS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 138. 




36" X 36" PATENT SPIRAL-GEARED PLANING MACHINE. 
To Plane Work io Feet Long. 



Single belt drives planing and reversing mechanism through improved 
friction clutches. Return speed of table, 144 feet per minute, or eight times usual 
cutting speed. Patent table, with one fiat and one special V bearing, with vertical 
surfaces to take side thrust. Bearings for table protected from dirt. Movement 
of table and feed-motion can be operated from either side of machine. Improved 
cross-head, with internal saddles, and separate feed-rods and screws. Improved 
power frictional raising gear for cross-head. Complete with countershaft, cranks, 
and wrenches. Fiir7nshed ivith one or two saddles on cross-head and ivith or without 
vertical slide-rests. Can be made any length desired. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



169 



Plate No. 139. 




120" X 120" PATENT SPIRAT, -GEARED PLANING MACHINE. 
To Plane Work 24 Feet Eong. 

Two saddles on cross-head and vertical slide-rests on both uprights. Single 
belt drives planing and reversing mechanism through improved friction clutches. 
Return speed of table, 72 feet per minute, or four times usual cutting speed. 
Patent table, with one flat and one special V bearing, with vertical surfaces to 
take side thrust. Bearings for table protected from dirt. Movements of table 
and feed- motion can be operated from either side of machine. Massive cross-head 
of improved construction, with internal saddles and separate feed-rods and screws. 
Feed of all tools entirel}^ independent in direction and amount. Power frictional 
raising gear for cross-head. Vertical slide-rests counterbalanced. Complete with 
countershaft, cranks and wrenches. This inac/iine can be fitniis/ud ivith one or 
hco saddles o)i cross-head and 7vitli or zvithont veriical slide-rests. Can also be made 
to plane any length desired. 



lyo 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 140. 




36" ROD PLANER— To Plane Rods From 3 Feet to 12 Feet Long. 



Arranged with two sets of uprights ; two cross-heads with two saddles on 
each. Saddles arranged so that the tools on each cross-head can be brought to 
6" from centre to centre. Table driven by spiral pinion, so arranged as to move 
table at same speed in each direction, as it takes cut both ways. Distance between 
heads adjustable from 3 feet to maximum. Will plane both ends of two con- 
necting rods at the same time. Very heavy and substantial machine, capable of 
taking very heavy cuts. Cross-heads are adjustable in height above table. Can 
be used to advantage on four guide bars at the same time. Complete with coun- 
tershaft, cranks and wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys, 16" x 4", which should 
run at 245 revolutions per minute, to produce a cutting speed of 20 feet per 
minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 171 




62" X 18" SPIRAL-GEARED LOCOMOTIVE FRAME 
PLANING-MACHINE— To Plane 35 Feet Long. 

Table 4 ft. 8" wide, with top plate 3" thick. Width between tiprights, 
5 ft. 3". Height from top of table to underside of cross-head, 19". Return 
speed of table, 160 ft. per minute. 

This is a powerful, massive machine, capable of taking an}' cut that the 
tools will stand. It may be made longer or shorter, as required. 

The very rapid return speed of this planer is of great importance on long 
side frames, and greatly increases the product of this machine over that obtain- 
able upon any other planer yet produced. 



■72 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 142. 




35" X 13" PLANING MACHINE— FOR Steel Rails and Switches. 



The machine shown 
any lejigtli required. This 
the heaviest class of work. 



here has table 31" wide for work 8 ft. long. Made 
is a very massive and powerful machine, adapted to 
The cress-head is fixed in height above the table. 
The saddles are unusually massive, and the steel slide rests are set over to bring 
the tools close together. Each has its own screw and vertical feed rod. A pump 
and circulating system are provided to insure a perfect and continuors lubrication 
of the V bearings. The feed mechanism is of our patent improved type, with 
frictional escapement. Tool aprons and swivels for .'■ame are of steel. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



173 



Plate No. 143. 




144" X 120" (OR 144") PLANING MACHINE— to Plane 25 Ft. Long. 

This ponderous machine is especially designed for the heaviest work in 
armor plate or steel forgings. It is provided with iivo saddles 45" long on the 
cross rail, which is 42" deep. Tlie swivel tool slides on the saddles are 6 ft. long 
by 20" wide and have a stroke of 3 ft. , while the tool apron and clamps are pro- 
portioned for a cutter bar 6" square. Each saddle has its own feed screw and rod 
actuated by an indepe7identfeed motion at the end of the cross rail, which is 22 ft. 
8" long. Each has its own electric motor for rapid traverse ; while another 
motor is employed to raise and lower the cross rail. The housings or uprights of 
box form are 30" wide on the face, 8 ft. 6" deep, and each is provided with a 
slide-1-est having 30" stroke and carrying a tool apron adapted for 4" square cut- 
ter bar. 

The table is 10 ft. wide and has a cut steel rack 3" pitch, 18" face, driven 
by a bronze spiral pinion of .six teeth on a 9" diagonal shaft. The bearings in the 
bed for the table and the thrust bearings of the shaft are lubricated by oil sup- 
plied by a small pump and circulating system with tank, pipes and filter for the oil 
on its return. The bed is 4 ft. deep, 9 ft. wide in the narrow part, has flat ways 
16" wide and adjustable shoes. The driving gear is operated by a 12" belt from 
a countershaft or electric motor, and drives through reversing clutches operated 
by compressed air. Cutting power on four tools 100,000 lbs. Made of any 
length. Can be provided with auxilliary housing on separate bed, for planing 
work too large to go between main uprights. 



74 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 144. 




PLANING, SHAPING, AND SLOTTING MACHINE. 
TO Plane 24 Feet ; Slot 12 Feet; Shape 6 Feet. (Side View.) 

Length of bed, 38 ft. ; width of bed, 8 ft. 9>^" ; length of saddle on the bed, 
14 ft. ; height of uprights, 16 ft. Machine is driven by long belt carried under 
ceiling. Rapid return speed to each movement. The slide-rest and tool-holder 
can be lifted from end of shaping bar to side or bottom as required by the differ- 
ent kinds of work, a convenient hoisting device being supplied for this purpose. 
Driving pulley on the machine is 32" by 7", and should make 230 revolutions per 
minute to give 18 feet of cutting speed. The work is carried upon a heavy slot- 
ted floor plate, and the machine moved by power to the proper position. Will 
operate over surface of 24 feet long, 12 feet high, or a horizontal one 8 feet wide. 
Especially useful on a variety of large marine work. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 175 



Plate No. 145. 



PIvATE-PIvANING MACHINE. 

For plates 23 feet long in one setting. The uprights are offset to permit 
planing plates of any length in successive settings. The cut is taken in both 
directions with a single tool in a simple "turn over" holder which may be in- 
clined for producing a bevelled edge. The operator stands on the moving foot 
board or sits on a convenient saddle attached to the carriage. The tool carriage 
is provided with hand and automatic reverse. The work is held by independent 
removable screw jacks which may be grouped in any manner required to produce 
the best results. This is a very simple but powerful machine adapted for boiler 
and bridge work and ship plates of moderate thickness. 



176 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 146. 




^^ 



PLATE-PLANING MACHINE— With End-Planing Attachment for 
Plates 22 ft. Long, 5 ft. Wide, and 2" Thick, at One Setting. 

End-planing attachment for plates 5 feet wide. Clamping-beam in form of 
heavy box-grinder. Saddle operated by large screw, provided, on account of its 
length, wdth adjustable intermediate supports. Saddle has two tool- holders 
arranged for cutting in opposite directions. One is provided with a hand vertical 
adjustment of 9", for planing angles or bent plates. This tool-holder is arranged 
to reverse, so that the same tool may be used in cutting each way, if required. 
Adjustable automatic feed is provided with a self-acting stop-motion, to limit the 
amount of stroke. A heavy bracket or table on the back of the machine helps to 
support the plate, while the clamping screws hold the front edge. Complete with 
necessary countershafts and wrenches. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft, 
for edge-planing, 28" diameter, 7" face, and should make 280 revolutions per 
minute. Fast and loose pulleys on countershaft for butt-planer, 24" diameter by 
7" face, also 280 revolutions per minute. Housings are offset so that plates of 
any length may be planed in successive settings. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 177 



Plate No. 147. 




PLATE-PLANING MACHINE— For Plates 22 Feet Long. 
Showing End-Planing Attachment. 
[See specification under Plate No. 146.] 

We are prepared to build these machines of various lengths and capacities, 
and make them with clamping screws, as shown in these plates, or with inde- 
pendent removable screw-jacks, as preferred. 



[78 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Punching and Shearing Machines. 



OUR punching and shearing machines include two types, known as crank 
and lever machines, to designate the manner of driving. In the first 
type the vertical slide is driven directly by a crank shaft, and power is 
received through spur gearing from a pinion-shaft parallel thereto and in 
line with the machine, while in the second type, the vertical slide is driven 
indirectly through the intervention of a heavy steel lever by an eccentric shaft 
across the machine. This eccentric shaft is driven through spur gearing by a 
pinion-shaft parallel thereto, and at right angles to the position assumed in the 
first type of machine. Each type has its own peculiar advantages, among which 
the position of the machine, with reference to the line shafting, will be at once 
apparent ; but for durability and economy of power in heavy service we decidedly 
prefer and recommend the lever machine, which we believe is demonstrably super- 
ior in design. 

Our lever punches are usually connected with the operating eccentric posi- 
tively and do not depend upon the weight of the lever to withdraw the punch. 
The sliding head, which is unusually long and well guided, may be counter-balanced 
and moved freely by hand when disconnected from the moving lever, and it is 
engaged or disengaged by our patent toggle-joint-stop which may be thrown in at 
any speed without danger and without shock. The toggle is straightened to 
transmit pressure, and if this be not done it simply ' ' knuckles " and the operator 
takes the next opportunity to engage it. Clutches and sliding " gag blocks " are 
liable to partial engagement, and battered or broken edges often result if not more 
serious accidents. No other stop-motion operates so easily and so safely in large 
machines. It may be operated at will, allowed to act continuously or automatic- 
ally disengaged at the completion of each stroke. The slide can be adjusted so 
that the clearance under the punch may be varied to suit the thickness of the 
plate or to suit the length of the punch. Our punching and shearing machines 
are easily convertable, that is they may be arranged with both shearing and punch- 
ing devices and quickly changed from one to the other. 

Our lever machines may be arranged to drive by belts from the line shaft, 
by independent engine or by electric motors attached to the bearings. 

The various machines in the following illustrations are typical, but they by 
no means represent all of the modifications we have been called upon to make to 
meet special requirements. 

We are prepared to build machines of any class with more or less overreach 
and more or less clear height between upper and lower jaws. Tliese variables can 
be adjusted to the requirements of the work or the preference of the purchaser, 
but the width of the housing is limited to certain fixed dimensions, which serve as 
an index to the bulk and strength required. Thus, a punching machine 30" over- 
reach might be 22", 28", or 32" wide, and from the illustrations the character of 
machine referred to in any case will be understood. So also with the combined 
and crank machines. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



[79 



Plate No. 148. 




CRANK PUNCHING MACHINE— 7" Overreach. 



Capacity 1" hole in yi" plate. 36" x 7" fast and loose pulleys should make 
144 revolutions per minute. Complete with wrenches, sample punch and die, etc. 



i8o Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 149. 




PUNCHING AND SHEARING MACHINE COMBINED. 



Overreach, 17-H" for punch and 203/2" for shears. Will shear ^" plate 
and punch i" holes in s/s" plate. 36" x 7" pulleys. 144 revolutions per minute. 
External punch for flanges and angles. Wrenches, shear blades, punch and die 
holders, sample punches and dies. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 150. 




PUNCHING AND SHEARING MACHINE COMBINED-30- Oy.,.^,„, 
with set of slLr bla'des, sam^ie'Junch, a^." ch? ""^'"' " ^""^"^^ ^-"P^^*- 



I82 



Wm. Sei-LErs & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 151. 




26" PUNCHING MACHINE— WITH Automatic Spacing Table. 



Overreach of main punch from back of throat, 26". Capacity, itV hole 
in i" steel plate. Front punch for lighter work in flanges and angles. Toggle- 
joint stop motion, counterbalanced slide raised and lowered by hand lever for 
setting punches. Two speeds, spacing table 42" wide, operated automatically and 
arranged with a differential movement to allow for variations of spacing in inner 
and outer boiler sheets. Table runs on roller stands and is held in place by pow- 
erful brake. Punches plates of moderate thickness at rate of 28 holes per 
minute. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



183 



Plate No. 152. 




33" PUNCHING MACHINE. 

For holes up to i^x" iti '" plate. As shown this machine is especially arranged for pmicliiug webs of chan- 
nels from 6" to i8" wide ; has positive drawback and patent toggle-joint stop motion ; counterbalanced slide ar- 
ranged to punch continuously or to throw out automatically after each stroke, t>vtrreach from center of main 
punch to back of throat 33". Slide may be brought down by hand to try centering of punch. (Operated by hand 
or foot. Fast and loose pulleys on machine 36" .\ 7" Furnished with die and punch holders, sample punch and 
die, strippers and full set of wrenches. 



[84 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 153. 




36" PUNCHING MACHINE— Arranged for Shearing Attachment. 



Capable of punching 1 14 " holes in i" steel plate with flat punch. Over- 
reach from centre of main punch holder to back of throat, 36". Front punch for 
flanges and angles. Toggle-joint stop motion, counterbalanced slide and auto- 
matic knockout. Machine operated by hand-lever or treadle. Complete with 
stripper and two sample punches and dies. 36" by 7" fast and loose pulleys on 
machine. Shearing attachment, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 185 



Plate No. 154. 




36" LEVER PUNCHING MACHINE— with 8" x 8" Engine. 

Working pressure 400,000 pounds, will punch ijA" hole in 1%" steel 
plate. Has counterbalanced slide and patent toggle-joint stop motion ; reversal 
of front counterweight will cause slide to stop automatical!}^ at top of stroke. 
Double geared. Made also to drive by belt or b}' electric motor. Head can be 
arranged to move by hand for setting punch. Overreach altered for different re- 
quirements. 



:86 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 155. 




48" LEVER PUNCHING MACHINE. 



Working pressure 500,000 pounds, will punch 3" hole in i>^" plate with 
flat punch. Made also with special bed and slide for punching flue holes up to 
26" diameter in ^" plate. Has counterbalanced slide and improved toggle-joint 
stop motion. Bed in two parts connected by I bolts and wedges. 48" by 12" 
pulleys make 1 20 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 187 
Plate No. 156. 




24" 1 BKAM I'UNCHING MACHINK. 
With special fixtures for standard beam couuectious, capacity equal to i 
punch. Will punch flanges of beams up to 24" deep and web plates 36" wide 

groups of 5 holes each, the distance between groups being variable to suit thickness of beam for which connec 
tions are intended. Made with or withoU spacing table. 



hole in i'/" steel plate with flat 
As shown it is arranged for two 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 157. 

MULTIPLE PUNCHING MACHINE. 
With Automatic Spacing Table. 

Spacing table 42" wide, carried in roller 
bearings will space automatically from 
o" to 8" bj' increments of rV". Spacing 
changed at will as work passes through 
machine. Arranged also for punching 
angles, channels and beams up to 15" 
deep. Separate roller supports for beams 
and angles adjustable simultaneously to 
required height. Furnished with icsliding 
punch holders with sample punches and 
dies, and necessary clamping bars and grip- 
pers for beams, channels and angles. Will 
punch web plates 42" wide in one pass, and 
by reversing plate and making a second 
pass webs 84" wide may be punched. 



^ 




Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia Pa. 



[89 




I90 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Multiple Punching Machine. 



PROBABLY the most complete machine that has been made for punching 
plate girder work. In combination with a very handy spacing carriage, 
this machine is made for punching webs and flanges of plate-girders, and 
the flanges of I-beams or channels placed back to back. The punches are held 
in special holders bolted to the slide, and arranged so that each punch may be 
engaged or disengaged as required. Fifteen punches may be used at one time, 
and web plates punched in one passage through the machine, not only along the 
edges, but also transversely. Four angles or two channels are punched at the 
same time. We furnish with this machine, to complete its equipment, the follow- 
ing : 12 cylindrical punch holders, 6 side punch holders, / angle punch holders ; 
supporting apparatus for channels, beams, etc., consisting of supporting blocks, 
die holders, and grips, 6", 8", lo", 12" sizes ; four die-blocks with holes to one 
side for angles ; tzcclve die blocks, with holes central ; one stripper bar for plates ; 
one set of angle strippers ; one set of blocks for holding adjusting spring to angle 
stripper; \.\\-o angle grippei'S ; three plate grippers ; one spacing carriage, arranged 
to space to any multiple of yi^" up to 13^" between rivet holes ; one guide car- 
riage ; fourteen stands with rollers complete, to support work and carry rails for 
supporting carriage ; 124 feet of geared rails and 124 feet oi plain rails, permit- 
ting a traverse of spacing and guide carriage of 62 feet ; one blocking piece ; tzfo 
stands without rollers. If it is desired to work plates longer than 62 feet, addi- 
tional rails and stands can be provided. To adapt the machine for use as a plate 
punch, the gap in the centre of the cross-head is filled by a block. The spacing 
carriage can be set with great readiness to the distance required, and the work 
punched without templets. There are lifting rollers to raise the work from the 
dies, so as to clear the fins resulting from the punching, and to enable the spacing 
device to work freely. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



[91 



Plate No. 158. 




MULTIPLE PUNCHING MACHINE 

For Plates, Angles, Channels, and Z-Bars. 

Will permit plates 5 ft. 2" wide to pass between housings. Stops and starts 
by moving cam on cam-shaft, or by clutch on pinion-shaft, as shown. Driving 
pulley, 42" diameter, 12" face, .should make 120 revolutions per minute. Four 
cylindrical punch holders are .shown in position, and one attached to filling-block 
on floor. Two angle punch holders are indicated in position for punching beam 
flanges. The rollers and treadle lift the work clear of the dies when it is shifted. 
No part of the spacing mechanism is indicated in the plate. 



192 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 159. 




SPUCE PLATE PUNCHING MACHINE. 



Driven by independent 10" x 12" engine attached to housing. Greatest 
distance between outside punches, 20". Complete with 4 punch holders, 4 die 
holders and 4 sample punches and dies for same. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



'93 




DOUBLE LEVER PUNCHING MACHINE FOR SPLICE PLATES. 



Designed for modern heavy railway splice plates, having six holes per 
plate. Adapted for punching through flat or angle plates. All si.\ holes at one 
time. Punches and dies adjustable over length of 45". Sliding-heads driven 
independently by separate levers, operated by patent toggle-joint stop, so that one 
or both punching heads can be used as desired. Slides of cast-steel. Driven by 
10" X 12" engine attached to housing. 



194 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 161. 







'*<*ji«i« 



HORIZONTAL PUNCHING MACHINE. 



This is a lever punching machine, driven by eccentric and operated by our 
patent toggle-joint stop motion. It has capacity to punch i" hole in i" plate, 
and an overreach of lo". It is especially designed for fire-box and boiler head 
work, and is convenient for punching a great variety of other shapes. The tog- 
gle-joint may be thrown in by hand or foot. This machine is provided with an 
adjustable stripper, die holder and sample punch and die. 36" x 7" fast and loose 
pulleys on machine. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



195 



Plate No. 162. 




HORIZONTAL PUNCHING MACHINE. 



With patent toggle-joint stop motion. Overreach of punch, 10". No part 
of machine extends below floor. Especially arranged for puncliing webs and 
of channels from 6" to 18". Capacity, 1^4." holes in i" plate. 



196 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 163. 




CRANK MOTION SHEAR- 



OVERREACH. 



This machine is driven by an eccentric shaft, not by a vibrating lever. It 
is capable of shearing ^" plate, and has 36" by 7" fast and loose pulleys, and 
should make about 150 revolutions per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



[97 



Plate No. 164. 




36" SHEARING MACHINE— WITH Punching Attachment. 



For shearing i" steel plate. 36" overreach. Toggle-joint stop motion 
and balanced slide. (See Plate No. 153). 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 165. 




BAR SHEAR— WITH Punching Attachment. 

Driven by belt. Will punch 2" hole in i]{," plate, or shear 6'' by lY^'' 
bar at one stroke. Has strippers and sample punch, die and shear blade. Belt 
wheel, 42" by 12". 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia. Pa. 



199 




BAR SHEAR — WITH Punching Attachment. 

olate J^thTJf l"". independent 10" by 12" engine. Will putsch 2" hole.s in i y 

fnrl hi V ^ f ' T^ '^''^^' ^ ^>' ^^" ^''^ ^^ o"e stroke. Lower shear blade 

and block removed to show pnnch. 



200 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 167. 




LKVER BAR SHEAR— lo" Overreach. 
For cutting steel bars up to 12" by 2"i". Patent toggle-joint stop motion. Fast and loose pulleys, 36" 
diameter, 7" face. 240 revolutions per minute. Shear blades may be set at right angles to position shown lor 
cutting long bars. Counterbalanced slide. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 168. 




60" PLATE SHE.\RING MACHINE. 



For cutting off plates up to 5 feet wide and trinnning plates of any length. 
In trimming long plates, they should be guided by back and front carriages mov- 
ing on rails and driven by rack and pinion ; the plates being supported on rollers 
and clamped at moment of shearing. Moving shear blade operated by toothed 
segment driven by spiral pinion driven by fast and loose pulleys like planer. Will 
stop at top of stroke. Length of stroke adjustable to suit. Blade completely 
under control and may be stopped and reversed even after it has entered the cut ; 
an important feature in cutting to an exact line. 

Curved blades may be used when trimming circular plates. 



Wm. SEI.LERS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 169. 




DOUBLE ANGLE SHEAR. 



Arranged on swivelling base, with supporting table for work. Will shear 
6" ,by 6" by i" angles from 30 degrees in either direction to square, without 
changing the direction of the angle-iron. That is, instead of swinging the angle- 
iron, the machine is swivelled, thus greatly economizing shop room. Driven by 
belts from countershaft overhead. Safety arrangement prevents danger of throw- 
ing in wrong slide. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



203 



Plate No. 170. 




DOUBLE ANGLE SHEAR. 



Arranged on swivelling base, with supporting table for work. Will shear 
6" by 6" by i" angles from 30 degrees in either direction to square, without 
changing the direction of the angle-iron. That is, instead of swinging the angle- 
iron, the machine is swivelled, thus greatly economizing shop room. Driven by 
belts from countershaft overhead. Safety arrangement prevents danger of throw- 
ing in wrong slide. 



204 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Steam Hammers. 



THERE are two distinct types of direct-acting steam hammers. One in which, 
the weight of the falling mass is concentrated in a head or ' 'tup," which 

works between guiding surfaces, and is connected by a piston-rod of rela- 
tively small diameter with the steam-piston in a cylinder situated above it. The 
other type, known as the " Morrison" from the name of its inventor, arranges the 
falling mass in the form of a large cylindrical bar, of which the piston is an integ- 
ral part, and is situated near the centre of the length, so that the bar extends 
above the piston and passes through the upper cylinder head. Hammer bars of 
this type are guided in the upper and lower heads of the cylinder. 

When, in 1861, we first began the manufacture of steam hammers, we 
selected the Morrison type because in our judgment it possessed marked advan- 
tages, and this view our experience has since confirmed. It seems to us that a 
bar of such massive construction is better able to sustain the various shocks tO' 
which a steam hammer is subjected than the slender piston-rod employed in the 
other type of hammer, while the absence of guides gives unrestricted access to the 
anvil block from all sides ; the strains are concentrated within the frame at the 
cylinder, instead of divided between the cylinder and the guides, as in the ordi- 
nary hammer. We have made many improvements in these hammers during the 
years that have elapsed since we first began their manufacture, all of which have 
tended to increase the efficiency and durability' of the hammer. We early dis- 
pensed with the forged head, with which the English hammers were originally 
made, and which involved making the lower cylinder head in halves ; we secure 
the hammer head by means of a circular taper wedge, which enables us to set the 
dovetail at any desired angle, and to renew the head in case the dovetail should 
be injured by careless keying or in other ways. We have adopted the box form 
of upright through the whole series of hammers, in place of the I-beam section 
formerly used, as we think the hollow box is particularly adapted for this pur- 
pose. We use an improved balanced piston-valve, packed with steel rings work- 
ing in a perforated bushing. The valve motion is exceedingly simple, and not 
likely to get out of adjustment. In order to insure a full exhaust, which is a 
very important matter, especially where the exhaust pipes are long, we have 
adopted the Collin patent exhaust arrangement, and furnish with our hammers 
a suitable nozzle and exhaust pan with pipe connections. In setting up the ham- 
mer a thin sheet- iron exhaust pipe should be used, suspended directly over the 
pan, but not resting upon it. The exhaust pipe is thus relieved of the strain due 
to the shaking of the hammer, which is injurious to the pipe and tends to choke 
the exhaust, while at the same time the condensed steam falls down the sides of 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



205 



Plate No. 171. 




400-LB. HAND AND SELF-ACTING HAMMER. 

With cylinder 10" diameter, stroke 15^^". With steel dies, and steel false 
top to anvil block. Balanced piston-valve with steel packing rings. Collin ex- 
haust arrangement and qviick-closing throttle valve. Check valve in exhaust 
passage to regulate force of blow. 



2o6 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Steam Hammers. — Continued. 

the pipe to the pan, whence it finds its way to the drain, and is not thrown in a 
shower upon the roof, as is usually the case. We furnish with our hammers, un- 
less specially ordered, top and bottom dies of steel castings. For the smaller 
hammers these are made with peening faces at one end, — that is, for about half 
its length, the die is narrowed to about half its full width. If required, we can 
furnish plain dies, with parallel sides, in place of those described above. For 
large hammers, it is generally customary to use the plain dies only. For securing 
the dies to the anvil block, we recommend the use of crimped steel keys of uni- 
form thickness, that is, without taper, which hold the dies by elastic pressure 
only. With such keys no injury can be done to the dovetail, but they require to 
be recrimped from time to time in order to restore their elasticity. 

In rating our hammers, we call them by the weight of the falling parts, 
and not, as is sometimes done, by the assumed value in pounds at which the blow 
of the hammer is estimated. For example, our 400-pound hammer has a bar 
which, together with the hammer-head and upper die, weighs 400 pounds. To 
this, of course, is to be added the pressure of the steam acting on the piston through 
the whole length of the stroke. 

SINGLE-UPRIGHT STEAM HAMMERS. 

Our smaller hammers, from 400 pounds up to 3150 pounds weiglit of bar, 
are made with a single leg or upright and overhanging cylinder, and unless 
specially ordered they are provided with automatic valve-gear. The automatic 
motion in these hammers is obtained from two inclined grooves diametrically 
opposite each other in the upper part of the bar, which are made to work a brass 
yoke, whose line of movement passes through the axis of the bar. The horizon- 
tal movement of this yoke is transmitted through a bell-crank to the lever which 
operates the valve in the steam-chest. When the hand-lever is latched in a given 
position, the movement of the hammer up and down causes a corresponding 
movement of the valve in the steam-chest, and the hammer will continue to strike 
with a length of stroke depending upon the point at which the hand-lever is 
latched. 

DOUBLE-UPRIGHT STEAM HAMMERS. 

Our hammers of more than 3150 pounds weight of bar are rated, for con- 
venience, in tons of 2000 pounds each, and are made with two legs or uprights, 
the cylinder being a separate casting bolted between the uprights, which are 
arranged with flanges to enclose those on the cylinder. These flanges are secured 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



207 



Plate No. 172. 




1250-LB. HAND AND SELF-ACTING HAMMER. 

1x74" cylinder, 20" stroke. Balanced piston-valve with steel packing rings. 
Choke valve in exhaust to regulate force of blow. Collin exhaust. Quick '.act- 
ing throttle valve. Steel dies and steel false top for anvil. 



208 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Steam Hammers. — Continued. 

together with short bolts, except at the bottom, where a long steel bolt is used, 
passing through both uprights and having a nut at each end. To keep this bolt 
cool and prevent undue expansion, we provide an air circulation around it through 
proper openings. The uprights are of hollow box construction, and each consists 
of a curved and a straight portion. The straight or lower part is bolted securely 
to the foundation plate, and is also connected to the upper or curved part by 
through-bolts. This separation into two parts strengthens the uprights and 
eliminates the danger of breakage by unequal expansion. The steam-chest in 
these hammers is situated over one of the uprights, so that the cranes for hand- 
ling work may be brought up close to the cylinder on either side without interfer- 
ence. The upper portion of the bar has a fiat face, which, fitting the top cylinder 
head, serves to guide the bar and prevent it from turning. 

We would call especial attention to the ample room around the anvil block 
and under the cylinder, which allows free access and greatly facilitates handling 
large work. The loose head which holds the hammer die is secured to the bar 
by the taper wedge-ring used on the smaller sizes. If properly put on, this ar- 
rangement holds the head with great security, and will even carry special forging 
dies of great additional weight. 

Sizes of Steam Hammers. 



Size or Weielit of 
Hammer Ram. 


Length of Stroke. 


Height under 


Width between 
Frames. 


Hammer Face. 


400 R). 


\hV' 


n f^' 


n ^' 


^\" X \\" 


750 " 


\W' 


^W. 


gw 


■ 8V' X Sj" 


12.50 " 


20'' 


Sg 


csS 


9'' X 5 " 


1700 " 


23" 






101" X 6 ' 


2.500 " 


30" 


13J" X 8" 


31.50 " 


30" 






13.J" X 8" 


\\ ton. 


3 ft. 2" 


fi ft. 10" 


7 ft. 6" 


16 " X 10" 


2- " 


3 " 6" 


7 " Z\" 


8 " V 


17f" X 11" 


3 " 


3 " 11 J" 


7 " lof" 


9 " 2" 


19g'' X 12" 


4 " 


4 " 6.V" 


8 " ol" 


9 " %\" 


21i" X 13" 


.5 " 


5 " 


9 " %" 


11 " 3" 


22y' X 14" 


6 " 


5 " 6" 


9 " 8" 


12 " 6" 


24" X 14f" 


7 " 


5 " 10" 


10 " 83" 


13 " 


26" xl6" 


10 " 


7 " 


11 " 9" 


14 " 8" 


29^' X 18" 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia. Pa. 



Plate No. 173. 




1700 LB. HAND AND SELF-ACTING HAMMER. 

13" cylinder, 23" stroke, with separate bed plate. Balanced piston-valve 
with steel packing rings. Choke valve to regulate force of blow without dimin- 
ishing velocity. vSteel dies and steel false top to anvil block. Quick throttle 
valve. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 174. 




1200-LB. HAND-ACTING HAMMER. 

11^" cylinder, 30" stroke. Special dies for forging locomotive frames. 
Balanced piston valve with packed piston. Collin exhaust. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 175. 




1200-I.B. HAND-ACTING HAMMER. 
11^" cylinder, 30" stroke, ordinary plain dies; steel false top to anvil 
block. Separate bed plate. Steam chest with balanced and packed piston valve. 
Collin exhaust. Quick throttle valve. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 176. 




2% TON HAND-ACTING STEAM HAMMER. 
20^" Cylinder, 3 Feet 6" Stroke. Bed and Anvil Block in Position. 

Takes steam above and below piston. Has balanced piston valves and 
patent exhaust arrangement. Box uprights in two pieces. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 213 



Plate No. 177. 




7 TON HAND-ACTING STEAM HAMMER. 

33" cylinder, 5 ft. 10" stroke, width between frames 13 ft. Anvil and bed 
plate not shown. Takes steam above and below piston. Balanced piston valve 
and patent exhaust arrangement. Box uprights in two pieces. 



2 14 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Riveting Machines. 

IN various editions of our treatise on machine tools, we considered it wise 
to present very fully the arguments which, in our judgment, demonstrated 
the superiority of rivets driven by pressure over those driven by impact ; but 
our view has been so fully sustained by general experience, and the supe- 
riority of the pressure- driven rivet is so universally acknowledged, that it does not 
ssem necessary at this time to repeat the arguments formerly advanced, or to 
define our position on a question no longer in dispute. We desire, however, to 
point out the distinction which exists between driving a rivet by pressure only, 
and forming the head on such a rivet by a succession of blows applied either by a 
hand or a power hammer. In one case the rivet is squeezed into shape and in the 
other it is hammered into the form required. In the squeezed rivet, the shank is 
upset so as to fill the hole completely before the head is formed, and the plates 
are brought in close contact ; but in hammering, either by hand or power, the 
head is formed without necessarily upsetting the shank throughout its length ; the 
rivet is almost certain to be loose in some part of the hole, especially if the punch- 
ing does not match exactly, and the plates are not clamped together with the same 
solidity which is attained in pressure driving. x4 properly designed steartt riveter 
will produce exactly the same quality of work as that made by the hydraulic riveter, 
it being only necessary to enlarge the cylinder in proportion to the lower pressure 
of fluid which is used, and to so proportion the valve and steam pipes that the 
movement of the ram will not be too quick. 

In regard to the amount of pressure required for riveting, there seems to 
be a considerable difference of opinion, resulting from differences of requirements 
and of practice. The character of the work to be done, the size and form of the 
rivet-heads, and the temperature of the rivets used, all affect the amount of power 
required. Where the work requires to be steam-tight, more pressure is necessary 
than in bridge or girder work. Some experiments recently tried seemed to demon- 
strate that for boiler-work with rivets having very large heads, eighty tons per 
square inch of rivet section is ampl}' sufficient to produce tight work, and an 
increase of pressure above this point was found to be injurious, and as much to 
be avoided as too little pressure. 

Our stationary riveters are usually built with separate cylinders, arranged 
so that they may be converted from steam to hydraulic or the reverse. They are 
made of as few parts as possible, and all unnecessary complication is avoided. 
The greatest care is taken in the selection and testing of material, and extensive 
use is made of steel castings, which are made to our specifications and carefully 
annealed. Our usual sizes of stationary riveters vary from five feet to ten feet i7i 
gap, by differences of one foot ; but our patterns are adapted for a variety of pro- 
portions, and we can meet almost any requirements as to depth or width of space 
between uprights. In our hydraulic riveters, all packings are arranged for easy 
and quick replacement. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



215 



Plate No. 178. 




10 FT. HYDRAULIC RIVETING MACHINE. 

Steel stake.s, detachable cylinder and improved balanced hydraulic valve. 
Made with one or three pressures. 



2l6 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 179. 




11 FT. HYDRAULIC RIVETER. 
Steel stakes, balanced piston valve. All packings easily accessible. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia Pa. 



217 



Plate No. 180. 




HYDRAUI^IC RIVKTING MACHINE. 
7 Feet Gap, too Tons Pressure on Dies. 

back .. tt-Sl^iX^/^or fll'i Tacuinr "'"^ -''^-'- """»-' ^"^ ' ' P''" 



:i8 Wm. SeIvLKRS & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 




HYDRAULIC RIVETING MACHINE. 

I'jyi Feet Overreach ; Stroke, 5^"- 

Pressure on dies adjustable for either 25, 50, or 75 tons. For riveting loco- 
motive boilers without reversing them. Wide gap and long die plunger to clear 
fire boxes. (Vanclain's Patent.) 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



219 



Plate No. 182. 




HYDRAULIC RIVETING MACHINE. 
Overreach, ii"; Gap, id" Wide; Stroke, 5". 

Originally built for work on iron car trucks. Packings easily accessible. 
Construction simple and efficient. 



220 Wm. Skllers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 183. 




5- FT. STEAM RIVETING MACHINE— with Extra Wide Gap. 
The steam chest is provided with a cylindrical piston-valve, perfectly bal- 
anced and packed with steel rings. A by-pass through the valve permits the 
steam used for making a stroke to pass to the other side of the piston, and by ex- 
panding, draw back the die ready for the next stroke. Or, if it be desired to 
admit live steam for this purpose, a movement of the hand-lever beyond the ordi- 
nary end-stop admits the steam required to retract the piston. This is only neces- 
sary when the cylinder is cold, as in first starting. 



WM. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa.^ 22^ 



Plate No. 184. 




16-FT STEAM RIVETING MACHINE 

WITH AUXILLIARY STAKE FOR SMALL ™^^- ,^ ,...,.,, ^./.,., 

36" Steam cylinder and improved balanced piston valve. Ju.^,//;an ./.X, 
for small flues, extra. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Portable Riveting Machines. 

THE hydraulic system is particularly applicable to portable riveting machines, 
and a number of these have been made of various designs, and for many 
special purposes ; they are either ' ' direct-acting ' ' or constructed with 
some form of jointed levers by which the dies are more conveniently ar- 
ranged for working in contracted places. The machines illustrated in the accom- 
pan3dng plates are of both types, and show only a few of the many different forms 
which we make. The " overreach," the width of the gap and form of suspension 
being varied to suit the especial requirements of the work for which they are in- 
tended ; while the size and strength of parts are fixed by the total pressure re- 
quired, and the water pressure per square inch which is to be used. 

Various arrangements are provided for suspending these machines and for 
bringing the high-pressure water from the accumulator. We prefer for the pres- 
sure system jointed pipes, such as are indicated in the plates, which are packed 
with simple leather rings, and are easily kept tight. For the exhaust, a rubber 
hose between points of attachment furnishes the necessary flexibility. We also 
make plain direct-acting portable riveting machines, especially designed for plate- 
girder work. 

All of our portable riveters operate by pressure only, not by percussion, 
and form the rivet head in one movement. We also make portable riveters to 
operate by compressed air for use where there is no hydraulic supply. These 
machines, while somewhat more cumbersome than those operated by high pres- 
sure water, are very useful in many locations ; especially as no exhaust pipes are 
required, and there is no danger from frost. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated. Philadelphia, Pa. 223 



Plate No. 185. 




PORTABLE PNEUMATIC RIVETER. 

The pressure in the cjdinder is multiplied bj^ steel lever in one leg. Over- 
reach, 31". Total pressure on dies with 80 pounds air, 40 tons. Especiallj^ 
adapted for locomotive domes. Made also of diffcrott sizes and prcssKvcs. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., I^xoRPORATED, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 186. 




DIRECT ACTING PORTABLE HYDRAULIC RIVETER. 
WITH Swivel Hanging Bail- 



Dies may be used vertically or horizontally, and the frame rotates to suit 
the work. Swivel pipe connections for pressure hose for exhaust water. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



225 



Plate No. 187. 




DIRECT ACTING PORTABLE HYDRAULIC RIVETER. 

WITH Swivel Hanging Bail. 

Same type as machine in Plate No. 186, in a different position. Made of 
various sizes and pressures. Made also with plain suspension with dies vertical 
or horizontal, but without swivel bearino-. 



226 Wm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 188. 




DIRECT-ACTING PORTABLE HYDRAULIC RIVETER 
WITH Swivel Hanging Bail. 

Dies may be used vertically or horizontally, and the frame rotates to suit 
the work. Swivel pipe connections for pressure, and hose for exhaust water. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 227 



Plate No. 189. 




DIRECT-ACTING PORTABLE HYDRAULIC RIVETER. 
WITH Swivel Hanging Bail. 
Same type as machine in Plate No. 188 in a different position. Made of 
various sizes and pressures. Made also with plain suspension, dies vertical or 
horizontal, but without swivel bearing. 



228 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Hydraulic Accumulator. 

AN important factor of the hydraulic system is the accumulator, by whic?h the 
pressure used is determined, and which should also furnish storage capac- 
ity enough to meet any sudden demand upon it. In its cheapest form it 
consists of a tank carrying iron ore or other heavy material, and suspended from 
a plunger moving in a vertical cylinder. The tank is sometimes replaced with 
cast-iron weights, so arranged that they may be removed in part to reduce the 
pressure of the system. In our patent accumulator the operation of adding or 
subtracting weights is readily accomplished, the weights being suspended upon 
cross-pins in vertical flat bars. The spacing of the pin-holes is such that upon 
lowering the accumulator the lowest weight is first lifted from its pins by striking 
the supports on the base-plate, the wood-bumper being removed to permit this, 
and the others follow in succession. As many weights as desired may be re- 
moved by pulling out the pins. A direct-acting steam pressure pump is usually 
employed in connection with the accumulator, controlled by a valve which is 
moved by the accumulator, so that the fall of the accumulator starts the pump, 
which is stopped again by the accumulator when it reaches its highest position. 

For portable work we have a special form of belt-driven pump combined 
with accumulator (Plate No. 190). The pump may be driven directly from the 
line-shaft, and is stopped and started by the belt-tightener indicated. The ac- 
cumulator is carried upon the same bed-plate, and is provided with four remov- 
able weights. When the accumulator has reached its highest position, it trips a 
special valve attached to the side of the upright and permits the water delivered 
by the pump to flow directl}^ into a tank in the top of the upright, whence it finds 
its way through a sponge filter to a reservoir in the base of the tank. When 
water is used, the accumulator falls, the deflecting-valve is closed, and the pump 
delivers into the cylinder of the accumulator. These portable accumulators may 
be placed close to the riveters employing the pressure, and long lines of pipes for 
conveying the pressure and exhaust water may be avoided, and the exhaust led 
directly back into the tank in the upper part of the upright. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 229 



Plate No. 190. 




PATENT HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR AND PUMP. 
Weights suspended so as to be readily released for adjusting pressure. 
Double-acting high-pressure pump carried on upright which forms tank, and is 
provided with sponge filter to remove all gritty matter before water enters the 
pump. Filter and tanks accessible by man-hole in side of upright. Improved re- 
lief-valve stopping flow of water to accumulator when it is full, but permitting the 
pumps to run full of water ready for action, but freed from pressure. Pumps 
readily accessible for changing packings. 



230 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 191. 




HAND STRAIGHTENING MACHINE.— for Shafts. 



Bed 20 ft. long, with bending blocks for shafts up to and including 6" di- 
ameter. Screw press mounted upon rollers running upon planed track on lower 
flange of the bed. Screw press with pinion gearing into rack on the bed for rapid 
traverse back and forth. Shaft carried upon centers arranged to elevate and de- 
press simultaneously. Capable of bending 6" shaft cold. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



231 



Plate No. 19 




POWER STRAIGHTENING AND BENDING MACHINE. 
FOR Light Beams, etc. 



Bending plunger working horizontal!}'. Operated by powerful crank with 
uniform length of stroke. Position of end of plunger adjustable. May be used 
for bars and other rolled shapes. Abutments adjustable along end platen. Max- 
imum opening, 15". Fast and loose pulleys on machine, 36" diameter, 7" face. 
150 revolutions per minute. Same machine arranged to operate by hand when 
required. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 193. 






POWER STRAIGHTENING AND BENDING MACHINE. 
FOR Beams up to 20" Deep. 



Steel slide with removable shoes, adjustable by hand wheel and screw to 
suit work. Stroke of head, 2". Especially designed for deck beams and other 
ship details. Very powerful and handy machine. Fast and loose pulleys 30" di- 
ameter for 7" belt, speed 420 rotations per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



233 









Plate 


No. 


194. 










0000^0000 


n 






0000 


0000 








000000000 r-L r. 
00000000 - "^^ 
000 9 000 ^"^ 




f 


"_ 


^^OOOOOOOO ._:p^ 


^ 


X. 


^ 


~t^J 


— H 


^ 


^ 


. V 


V 


_. 


JX 


-4J 


'4— 


It 


^—^ 


"~ 


■ 4 


0000,0000 


t> 






000 000 








0000 


0000 








oooocpoooo 1 








0000 


0000 1 








( 


D 

1 


C 


) 

— 


n 


c 


) 






1 


"^ 




J 






L 


L — 


1 


I z^ 




I 


--E 


— 


T 






_\ 


^ 


-E 


_:' 


--- 




- 


7 










^ 


_ 








fcs 


^ 


^^^__p^ 


^ — I 






1 





HYDRAULIC ANGLE-SETTING MACHINE. 



Slide operated by two hydraulic cylinders controlled by special valve, giv- 
ing perfect control of movement of plungers. Operated in both directions. 
Heavy pins in top plate placed to suit work. Table 6 ft. by 5 ft. Will bend 
or straighten beams, angles and pipes- 



234 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Bending Rolls. 

WE illustrate in the following plates a number of bending rolls of various 
designs and dimensions, adapted for different requirements and different 
methods of driving. There are hand and power machines for boiler, 
tank and ship work, with three and four rolls and variously arranged details. We 
do not illustrate, but are prepared to build the ordinary type of machine with 
three rolls arranged pyramidly, the lower ones only being geared and the top or 
tilting roll driven by the action of the plate. This is a relatively cheap form of 
machine, it is simple in construction and serviceable, but the roll gears must be 
small to clear each other, and the power of the driving arrangement is thus limited 
by the strength of mere pinions but little larger than the rolls themselves, and only 
the friction of the lower rolls is available to carry the plate through. For 
this reason difficulty is experienced in causing plates to enter, and the clumsy 
expedient of grooving one of the lower rolls to catch the plate and drag it in has 
frequently been resorted to, and after the plate has been successfully entered, 
the limited power available in the gearing or in friction on the plate makes 
it necessary to proceed with the work of bending by slow and easy stages. 
For this and other reasons, we prefer the construction used in our patent 
rolls (Plates Nos. 199 and 200). In these machines we increase the power by driv- 
ing all of the rolls, adding a large wheel to the top roll, and augmenting the 
traction to such an extent that plates can be easily entered and carried through to 
any desired curvature at a single pass. In this arrangement the top roll, to which 
abundant power can Ije transmitted, is the main driver, while the lower rolls, 
which act in a secondary manner, receive power through a lost-motion clutch, so 
that whenever their assistance in driving is not required they may be carried 
ahead by the plate. The rolls are all driven at the same peripheral speed and all 
act together in entering a plate ; but, if the top roll has sufficient traction to do 
the work of bending, the lost-motion clutch referred to avoids the calendering due 
to the difference between the outside and the inside circumference of the sheet, 
and saves the loss in friction which would otherwise occur. Should the top roll 
slip, however, the bottom rolls are always in readiness to assist in driving and 
carrying the plate through. Unlike other machines for the same purpose, the top 
roll is fixed at one end in a horizontal position, while the lower rolls are adjust- 
able b}^ power. This adjustment can be made at either end independentl}-, or at 
both ends together, and against the full resistance of a plate between the rolls. 
The lower roll bearings are mounted on cross-pins to insure a perfect distribution 
of pressure under these conditions, and the main bearings for the top roll are 
mounted in the same way, so that the natural spring of the roll in service will not 
impair the surface exposed to pressure. These rolls are arranged in the usual 
pyramidal form, and the pressure required for bending is carried directly between 
the top and bottom rolls by heavj- adjusting screws, on which all of the rolls are 
supported when in action. These screws are attached to the bearing yokes on the 
top roll, but for the removal of flues, provision is made to revolve the outer one 
by power and unscrew it at once from its yoke, leaving the top roll supported at 
one end and without any obstruction at the free end. When the flue is withdrawn 
the screw may be coiniected again by power, putting the rolls in readiness to re- 
peat their work. 

These rolls may be driven by straight and crossed belts from a single 
countershaft, and controlled by friction clutches on the machine, or, by using a 
reversing engine or electric motor, the belts may be dispensed with, the same 
machine being easily adapted to any mode of driving which may be preferred. 






Wm. Sellers «& Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



235 



Plate No. 195 




HAND BENDING ROLLS.— for Light Plates. 



Used for tanks and light boilers. Top roll adjustable and self-supporting. 
Side rolls adjustable by screws. Arranged to bolt to foundation. Pits required 
in floor for the operating spiders. Made 6 ft. i" and 8 ft. i" between housings, 
with 8" and 9" rolls respectively. Strong and substantial machine. To remove 
flues, top roll may be partly withdrawn. 



236 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 196. 




6" POWER BENDING ROLLS.— for Light Plates. 



Top roH, 6" diameter ; side rolls, 5" diameter ; all forged steel. Tumbler 
bearing permits work rolled to a full circle to be readily removed. Housings at- 
tached to beams and extended to carry motor for driving rolls. Rolls adjustable 
by power through friction clutches. Arranged to drive by fast and loose pulleys 
when required. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



237 



Plate No. 197. 




8" POWER BENDING ROLLS. 



Arranged with two pinching rolls in same vertical plane, and bending roll 
moved at an angle to same. Pinching rolls geared at opposite ends. Top roll 
removable through housings to permit work to be removed. Rolls 8" and 9" di- 
ameter, 6 ft. long. Driven by open and cross belts on countershaft. Countershaft 
pulleys, 26" diameter for 3" belt. Speed, 180 revolutions per minute. Bending 
rolls adjustable by hand. 



238 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 198. 




12" POWER BENDING ROLLS.— for Plates io Feet Wide. 



Top roll tilting. Pinching rolls, 12" diameter, in same vertical plane. 
Bending roll 10" diameter, arranged at angle to same. Pinching rolls geared at 
opposite ends with large wheels, and power transmitted through equalizing gear- 
ing to prevent calendering action on the curving plates. Top roll arranged to tilt 
for ready removal of plates rolled to full circle. Improved belt- shifting device for 
operating open and cross belts from line-shaft. Pulleys, 30" diameter for 4." belt. 
Should make 180 revolutions per minute. Bending roll adjustable by hand. The 
equalizing gearing is an important feature of this machine, as it enables both rolls 
to be driven with less power than would be required if one had to slip on the 
plate. This is a simple and efficient machine, well adapted for lighter classes of 
work, especially where bending close to the edge of the sheet is an object. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 199. 




16" PATENT PLATE BENDING MACHINE- 



Top rolls, i6" diameter ; bottom rolls, 13"; to bend ^" plate 12 ft. wide 
to circle of 64" in one pass. A// three of the rolls arc driven. Driving the lower 
rolls insures starting of the plate, while the main driving is through the top roll- 
Our "lost- motion clutch " enables the plate to control the speed of the lower 
rolls without straining of gears. The rolls all act together, causing the plate to 
enter readily and to keep moving at all times. The bottom rolls do not slide on 
the plate or retard its progress, but are always ready to help it along if the trac- 
tion of the top roll is insufficient. The top roll is fixed in height, and is provided 
with two bearings at one end, capable of sustaining it when the outboard bearing- 
is unsupported. The lower rolls are adjustable veitically by power at either end 
independently, or both ends together, against the full resistance of the plate. To 
remove circular work, the screw supporting the outer bearing of the top roll is 
run down by power, leaving the roll supported at one end and free iVom any ob- 
.struction to the removal of the plate. 



240 



Wm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 200. 




17" PATENT PLATE BENDING MACHINE. 



To bend i}^" steel plates 7 ft. wide, to 48" radius at one pass. Arranged 
for the removal of work bent to the full circle. Top roll 17" diameter, lower rolls 
14-^' diameter. All of forged steel. Distance between housings, 7 ft. 6". 
Operated by reversing clutches from counter or line- shaft. All movements of ad- 
justment by power, operated by hand levers. Special features same as 16" 
machine, Plate No. 199. Made in various lengths to suit. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



241 



Plate No. 201. 




16" SHIP-PLATE ROLLS.— 14 Feet Between Housings. 



This machine has four cast-iron rolls, two pinching rolls 16" diameter, and 
two bending rolls of 12" diameter, with centre supports, making the machine un- 
usually stiff and strong. The pinching rolls are driven from independent trains 
of gearing by pulleys at each end from a reversible countershaft, and all of the 
three lower rolls are adjustable by power ; any bearing can be manipulated 
independently of the rest, or all bearings can be moved simultaneously. This 
machine is especially useful in bending warped surfaces such as are required in 
ship-building and similar work. It may also be used to straighten plates, curved 
or buckled. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 202. 




24" SHIP-PLATE ROLLS. - 



Feet 6" Between Housings. 



This machine represents a late and approved design for ship-plate bending 
rolls. Special attention has been given to accessibility of parts, and, when possi- 
ble, bearings have been capped for ease in assembling the various parts, and for 
read}' examination and repairs in case of carelessness in oiling, accumulation of 
scale and dirt. The pinching rolls are 24" diameter, and the side rolls 20" di- 
ameter, all of forged steel. The gearing is ver}' heavy, and provision is made in 
the driving arrangement to avoid calendering when the traction of the top roll is 
sufficient to carry the plate. The machine is driven by two reversing engines, one 
of which turns the rolls while the other is used to adjust them. The pinching 
rolls will take in plates 2" or less in thickness and side rolls have an adjustment 
of 18". By means of cut-off clutches either end of a roll may be adjusted inde- 
pendently, or both ends of all the rolls may be moved together when desired. 



W'm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 243 



Plate No. 203. 



24" PLATE BENDING ROLLS.— 22 Feet 6" Between Housings. 

Top and bottom rolls, 24" diameter; side or bending rolls, 20". Indepen- 
dent engines for driving rolls and adjusting them to height. Ends of rolls ad- 
justable simultaneousl}^ or separately, as required for the work. May be arranged 
to drive by electric motor. See specification on opposite page. 



244 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No 204. 




VERTICAL BENDING ROLLS. 



Centre roll, i8" diameter ; side rolls, 15" diameter. All forged steel. Dis- 
tance between housings, 10 ft. 4". Housings of steel plates and beams. Capac- 
ity, i/^" steel plate, 10 ft. wide. Centre roll removable to take out work. Inde- 
pendent engines for driving and setting the rolls, or one engine may be used for 
both purposes. Can be arranged to drive by electric motor. Very useful form of 
machine for heavy plate since it rests upon its lower edge and does not require to 
be supported by crane. Principal wheels all above top housing and out of the 
way. i}(" floor plate on lower housing protected by shield which may be easily 
replaced when worn. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 245 



Plate No. 205. 




STRAIGHTENING ROLI.S FOR PLATES 

Seven 6" forged steel rolls, 38" long. Three lower rolls driven directly by 
large wheels from same shaft, a ranch better and more desirable arrangement 
than the usual train of small pinions with idle wheels. Outer rolls adjusted by 
separate hand wheels, two inner rolls together or by changing connections all four 
rolls may be moved in unison. Open and cross belts for reversing. Fast and 
loose pulleys on countershaft, 18" diameter, 7" face, 280 revolutions per minute. 



246 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Forcing flachines or Presses for Shafts, Handrels, 
Wheels, etc. 



No progressive modern machine shop is without convenient appliances for 
forcing mandrels into work to be turned, or pressing wheels and other 
tight-fitting parts upon their shafts. All mandrels that are too large to be con- 
veniently driven by a lead or copper hand -hammer require some form of forcing 
press, screw or hydraulic, and the practice of sledging mandrels to place is, or 
ought to be, prohibited in every good shop. The machine used for the purpose 
will depend on the size and character of the work and the amoirnt of work that is 
to be done. For ordinary lathe work up to 20" diameter, the mandrel presses 
illustrated in Plate No. 207 will answer an admirable purpose. For larger work, 
up to say four feet in diameter, the type of machine illustrated on the succeeding 
page, Plate No. 208, will meet a large variety of cases. These machines are 
placed in convenient positions in the machine shop, regard being had to their ac- 
cessibility by all the workmen likely to use them. Each group of lathes, for ex- 
ample, should have conveniently placed a suitable mandrel press covering the 
entire range of work for which the lathes are competent. For miscellaneous 
work of large size, and for work done away from the shop, the portable hand- 
forcing machine in Plate No. 206 is a very convenient tool. Where there is much 
work of this kind to be done, a power wheel-press of suitable size becomes a 
necessity. (See Plates Nos. 209-211). 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 247 



Plate No. 206. 



HAND FORCING MACHINE. 
FOR Pulleys, Wheels, Engine Cranks, etc. 

5)4" screw, thread 26" long, mounted in bearings on convenient wooden 
frame. End thrust of screw taken upon steel step bearing. Crosshead, about 
4 feet long, with slots for tension bars, carried upon screw. Outer crosshead same 
size, made in halves for convenience. Machine complete with crossheads, one 
pair of clamps 26" long, one set of tension rods 7 feet long, one set 19 feet long, 
one set of kej^s, one forged hand lever 5 feet long and one 9 feet long. A con- 
venient machine for heavj' miscellaneous work. Its portability is an important 
feature and enables the machine to be used in a variety of locations. 



248 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 20^ 



Fig. a. 



Fig. B. 




HYDRAULIC MANDREL PRESSP:S. 



Having screw adjustment for length of mandrel. Fig. A, io,''{" between 
tension bars ; 2" screw, 4 ft. 6" under crosshead, 4-ton jack. Fig. B, 21" between 
tension bars ; 5 ft. under crosshead, 4" screw, lo-ton jack. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphl\, Pa. 249 



Plate No. 208. 




36" MANDREL PRESS. 
Distance between bars, 36"; section of bars, 3" square. Greatest height 
from base to underside of counterweighted crosshead, 7 ft. 3". May be used with 
lo-ton or 20 ton jack. Complete with counterweights, sheaves, key.s, wire rope, 
and jack. A very handy and complete machine for the purpose, occupying but 
little floor room and covering a great variety of work. We also make a similar 
machine 50" between uprights, for 30-ton jack. 



250 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Hydrostatic Wheel Presses. 

WE were the patentees of what has since become the usual form of hydro- 
static wheel-press, that is, the machine having a movable abutment, ad- 
justable along the tension bars, hollowed out in the centre to permit the 
shaft or axle to pass into the line of pressure. We also patented the hinged 
blocking piece carried upon the end of the plunger ; and, later, we patented a 
method of lining the cylinder with copper without joint or possibility of leak ; 
which we have found greatly increases the durability of the wheel-press. 

We use in all of our wheel-presses double-acting pumps, producing a 
smooth and approximately uniform motion. The pump is sufficiently large to 
move the plunger at a reasonable rate of speed ; and does not require that atten- 
tion from the operator which is involved in the use of two single acting pumps of 
different capacities. The safety-valve is locked to prevent tampering, and the 
overflow is discharged into the oil tank on the side of the upright, from which it 
is again drawn to the pump when required. There are no openings through the 
side walls of the main cylinder, the oil being forced through a centre-block in the 
back end. When the machine is running, the oil raised by the pump passes back 
through an overflow passage to the tank until this passage is closed by the hand- 
wheel, when delivery takes place into the cylinder. Movement of the hand-wheel 
in the opposite direction opens the valve, permits the cylinder to exhaust and the 
plunger to be retracted, all without stopping the pump. 

Our wheel-presses are rated by the size, measured on the tread, of the 
largest flanged wheel which they will take. They are thus : 36", 42", 54", 72", 
84". The actual distance between the tension bars in each case is at least 4" 
greater than the nominal size. We make a line of these machines up to 72", 
with a maximum pressure of 150 tons on the plunger ; another set from 54" to 
84" inclusive, with a maximum pressure of 200 tons. We are also prepared to 
build machines of larger capacity and greater pressure. 

LIST OF SIZES. 





Distance between 
tension bars. 


Diameter of Ram. 


Stroke. 


Maximum Power 


For 36 inch wheels. 


40 inches. 


9 inches. 


18 inches 


150 tons. 


" 42 " 


46 


9 


18 


150 " 


" 54 " 


58 


9 


24 


150 " 


" 72 " 


76 


9 


24 


150 " 


" ,54 " 


58 


10 


24 


200 " 


" 72 " 


76 


10 


24 " 


200 " 


" 84 " 


88 


10 


24 


200 »' 


" 72- " 


76 


12- " 


24 " 


300 " 


" 84 " 


88 


12i " 


24 


300 " 


" 90 " 


94 


12| " 


24 


300 " 



As usually built, the machine is intended to stand at a right angle with the 
line shafting, but we also build them with pulleys for a parallel position or with 
an electric motor attached directly to the principal upright. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



251 



Plate No. 209. 




42" HYDROSTATIC WHEEL-PRESS.— 150 Tons Capacity, 



Distance between tension bars, 3 ft. 10"; capable of putting two wheels on 
axle at the same time. Cylinder lined with copper in improved manner. Double- 
acting bronze pump, arranged with pressure gauge and stop-valve and improved 
safety-valve to prevent overloading. Hooks and elevating screws for wheels and 
axles, travelling on tension bar. Resistance beam or post carried upon wheels on 
the tension bar, movable to any position, thus acting equally well for pulling off 
and pushing on. Complete with countershaft, pressure blocks, and full set of 
wrenches. 



252 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 210. 




HYDROSTATIC WHEEL PRESS.— 150 Tons Capacity. 



Distance between tension bars, 6 ft. 4"; capable of putting two driving 
wheels on axle at the same time. Cylinder lined with copper in improved man- 
ner. Double-acting bronze pump, arranged with pressure gauge and stop- valve 
and improved safety-valve to prevent overloading. Chain-slings and elevating 
screws for wheels and axles, travelling on top tension bar. Resistance beam or 
post carried upon wheels on tension bar, movable to any position, thus acting 
equally well for pulling off and pushing on. Complete with countershaft, pres- 
sure blocks, and full set of wrenches. Made also for 200 tons pressure. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 253 



Plate No. 211. 




84" HYDROSTATIC WHEEL-PRESS.— 200 Tons Pressure. 



Distance between tension bars, 7 ft. 4"; capable of putting two driving 
wheels on axle at the same time. Cylinder lined with copper in improved man- 
ner. Double-acting bronze pump, arranged with pressure gauge and stop- valve 
and improved safety-valve to prevent overloading. Chain-slings and elevating 
screws for wheels and axles, travelling on top tension bar. Resistance beam or 
post, carried upon wheels on the tension bar, movable to any position, thus acting 
equally well for pulling off and pushing on. Complete with countershaft, pres- 
sure blocks, and full set of wrenches. Made also for 300 tons pressure. 



254 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Hydraulic fledal Press. 

THE machine illustrated on the opposite page was designed and built for the 
U. S. Mint at Philadelphia, to stamp medals of various sizes, using any 
desired pressure up to 2,000,000 pounds upon the dies. It consists of two 
semicircular heads, separated by strong columns and united by heavy steel bands, 
between which is a cross-head operated by a large steel cylinder in the upper head 
and small return cylinders in the lower head. Power is supplied by a direct act- 
ing plunger pump, which maintains a constant flow of oil, to be deflected as de- 
sired from an idle circulation through a supply tank overhead into the large or 
small cylinders. The movement of the coining-head is controlled by a lever con- 
veniently located on the side of the machine. In its middle position the head re- 
mains stationary, and as the lever is moved up or down the coining-head follows 
in the direction indicated by the lever movement. The pressure applied is deter- 
mined by an adjustable safety-valve. This is easily and quickly adjusted, the 
pressure being regulated to suit the strength of the hardened steel dies used. 
Although the pressures employed are very great, the power required to run the 
press is quite small, and a rapid movement of the coining-head in both directions, 
toward and from its work, is accomplished by automatically putting the large 
coining cylinder in direct communication with the supply tank. This communi- 
cation is established by a large valve on top, which automatically closes again as 
soon as the coining-head is arrested by the work, after which the movement con- 
tinues slowl}' under pump pressure, allowing time for the metal to flow between 
the dies ; the head is made to move at the rate of an inch a minute under pres- 
sure, and three feet a minute toward and from its work. As the movement under 
pressure is very short, the operation of coining is rapid and applicable to a variety 
of work, such as punching and stripping, for which it is also used. Such a press 
may be used to supersede the drop or the fly -press for many operations. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 255 



Plate No. 212. 




HYDRAULIC MEDAL PRESS.— 2,000,000 Pounds Pressure. 



2.S6 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Hoisting flachines. 



WE make three sizes of worm hoisting machines for freight elevators, all 
of the same general type ; they are strong, simple, and efficient. The 
worm-wheels and worms are made from iron patterns, and the latter 
are so moulded that the thread is without " parting " marks. The worms in all 
cases run immersed in oil, which is prevented from escaping at the end of the 
worm -box by a suitable packing. The thrust of the worm is taken upon hard 
steel steps, well lubricated. 

These machines have our improved interlocked belt shifter, carried upon 
an adjustable frame, which may be set to suit the angle of the driving-belts. 
When both belts are off, a brake is automatically applied and remains on the 
driving-pulley until one of the belts is shifted. These machines are provided 
with an automatic adjustable stopping device, which causes the hoisting cage to 
stop at top and bottom of hoistway, regardless of whether or not the shifting-rod 
is moved ; that is, the machine stops when the drum has made the desired num- 
ber of rotations. This arrangement is certain in its action, and is a valuable ad- 
dition to the ordinary stops on the shifting-rod. 



WORM HOISTING MACHINES. 



Nominal Rating. 


Diameter of 
Worm- Wheel. 


Usual Diameter 
of Drum. 


Diameter of 
Pulleys. 


Usual Speed. 
Revs, per Minute. 


1000 lbs. 
2000 " 
4000 " 


10" 
18" 
30" 


14" 
18" 
36" 


16" 
24" 
30" 


212 
275 
225 



Other drums can be furnished in each case when required. 



We make cages or platforms for elevators to order, as well as all the iron- 
work for the guides, etc. , and are prepared to supply safety catches, operated by 
spring or counterweights, as well as the " Tatham and Britton " safety arrange- 
ment, in which a pendulum suspended below the car vibrates in grooves in the 
guide-irons. In this device, as long as the proper speed is maintained, the pen- 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



257 



Plate No. 213. 




2000-LB. WORM HOISTING MACHINE. 

Worm-wheel, :8" diameter. 24" pulle5's , 4" belt to hoist ; 2" belt to 
lower. Complete with 18" drum, and grooved for wire rope ; belt shifter ; auto- 
matic brake ; automatic stop-motion ; counterweight for brake, and outboard sup- 
ports for drum-shaft and pulley-frame. ^T>i 



258 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 

duluni vibrates freely, but should the motion of the cage be unduly accelerated, 
the pendulum at once jams and throws into operation a pair of toothed clutches 
which lock the cage absolutely and prevent further movement until the car is 
raised to disengage them. This is an absolutely certain safety device, and 
provides not only against accident from breakage of the rope, but from the running 
away of the hoist, due to any other cause. 

SPUR-GEARED HOISTING MACHINES. 

We show in Plate No. 214 a spur-geared hoisting machine, driven by 
open and cross-belts through our improved friction clutches, in which the load is 
sustained by our improved self-acting retaining device. This machine has a 36" 
drum, turned and grooved for i" wire rope. It is provided with an automatic 
brake and automatic stop-motion, similar to that used on our worm-geared 
machines. It may be readily used to hoist the full load at least 60 feet a minute. 
It is a strong and substantial machine, arranged to bolt upon the floor or upon a 
foundation at base of elevator shaft. This machine is also used for a riveter 
hoist, as shown in Plate No. 215. For this purpose a chain drum is substituted 
for the wire rope drum, and the automatic brake and stop-motion are omitted, a 
suitable hand-lever being provided for operating the clutches. Tliis machine is 
admirably adapted for the purpose, as it can be controlled with the utmost 
nicety, so that the hoist may be stopped at exactly the point required for driv- 
ing the rivet. This machine is used for loads up to fifteen tons on four parts of 
chain. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



259 



Plate No. 214. 




<#: 



5000 LB. SPUR GEARED HOISTING MACHINE. 

WITH Patent Frictional Retaining Clutch. 

36" drum, turned and grooved for i" wire rope. Pullej'S 24" diameter, 
5}4" face. Should make 250 revolutions per minute, to hoist at a rate of 62 feet. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 215. 




SPUR-GEARED HOISTING CRAB. 
Special Design for Use with Overhead Hoist for Riveting Machines. 



24" by 4>^" pulleys. Should make 300 revolutions per minute. Drum, 
18" diameter. Load sustained by patent frictional retaining device. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



261 



Plate No. 216. 




SPUR-GEARED HOISTING CRAB.— with Weston Retaining Clutch. 



This machine was designed for use with light overhead hoist for riveting- 
machines, up to five tons capacity. It is driven by open and cross belts. Is pro- 
vided with a hand adjustment through 4 ft. hand-wheel, enabling fine adjust- 
ments to be readily made. The pulleys are 24." diameter. Made also to work by 
hand only. 



262 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Cranes. 

UNTIL a recent period, very little attention was paid in this country to the 
improvement of cranes for heavy work. Any appliance that would lift 
the required load was considered by most people good enough, and econ- 
omy of labor and time was neglected. In fact, our manufacturers were often as 
much behind their foreign competitors in facilities for lifting large machinery as 
our railroads and steamship terminals are now behind those of other civilized 
countries in appliances for rapidly handling the heaviest kinds of freight. New 
economic conditions, closer competition, and, above all, the remarkable improve- 
ments recently accomplished in cranes themselves, have produced an entire 
change of practice, and every progressive foundry and machine shop in the coun- 
try has been improving its cranes, while an efficient system of handling its plant 
and product is now recognized as of prime importance in the arrangement of every 
new enterprise projected. In this mechanical revolution we were pioneers. We 
early recognized the necessity of more rapid power cranes, and were the first to 
produce power travelling cranes approximating in speed the fastest of the modern 
electric cranes. We have since built a large number of cranes of a great variety 
of types, and we do not hesitate to say that our cranes have proved eminently suc- 
cessful and satisfactory to our customers. 

We attribute our success chiefly to our careful designing and thoroughly 
good workmanship. Realizing the vital importance of the crane and the amount 
of responsibility put upon it, we have allowed no detail in its mechanism to be 
neglected, and have calculated with care the strength of every part, allowing in- 
variably a large factor of safety. In fact, our cranes are always designed to carry 
the full rated load for continuous working. Great care is taken to make all parts 
accessible for examination, to provide ample bearing surfaces, and the best facil- 
ities for lubrication. We avoid the use of worm-wheels, and as far as possible of 
bevels and very small spur-wheels. We reduce the chain friction to a minimum, 
and neglect no detail calculated to increase the efficiency of the operating mechan- 
ism. In all these respects we solicit examination and a comparison with compet- 
ing cranes of the same rated capacity. 

We pay particular attention to the hooks of our cranes, which are care- 
fully designed, of correct mathematical proportions, and made of the best iron, 
forged and bent to shape. They are not steel castings. Our hooks are sus- 
pended upon ball-and-socket swivels, and in the larger sizes are provided in ad- 
dition with anti -friction ball bearings for easy rotation. 

In general, we claim for our crane machinery that it is simple and acces- 
sible, efficient, and strong ; and for our clutches and the method of operating 
them, that we are able to put any motion into action without shock, to stop and 
start the load without risk of injury to it, and to make small movements with 
ease and certainty. 

We have drawings and patterns for a great variety of cranes not illus- 
trated in these pages, and are always prepared to consider cranes for special 
purposes. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



263 



Plate No. 217. 




30-TON STEAM JIB-CRANE. 

In Foundry op the J. Morton Poole Co., Wilmington, Del. 

Height of post, 26 ft.; effective radius of hook. 23 ft. All movements by 
power. Driven by independent 8" by 8" engines, bolted to frame carrying ma- 
chinery, receiving steam through upper pintle and discharging exhaust through 
step in foundation plate. 



264 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Swing=Cranes. 

CRANES may be divided broadly into two general classes ; the first, includ- 
ing the swing or jib-cranes, derricks, etc.; and the second, the various 
types of bridge-cranes, gantries, and overhead travelling cranes. Until 
recently overhead travelling cranes, even when driven by power, were slow in ac- 
tion, and capable therefore of a very limited amount of work. In establishments 
requiring much lifting, the travelling cranes were supplemented by numerous jib- 
cranes, situated at points where frequent hoisting was most required. By greatly 
increasing the speed of travelling cranes — and in this effort we believe ourselves 
to have taken the initiative — the conditions have been greatly modified, and one 
efiicient travelling crane will now do the work which formerly required a number 
of cranes. For general purposes, especially where a large area of floor surface is 
to be covered, the travelling crane is usually the better form ; but there are many 
special purposes and many locations which require some form of swing-crane. 
In developing the travelling crane, therefore, we have at the same time improved 
the jib-crane type. In fact, the development of the two forms has proceeded side 
by side, and the contrast between the high-speed travelling crane of to-daj' and 
the old wooden hand traveller made by us fort}^ years ago, is no more marked 
than is the diiference between the wooden swing-cranes of those days and their 
modern successors with power driving-gear and iron frames. 

The usual framing for the wooden jib-crane consisted of a post, a jib, and 
a diagonal strut from the base of the post to a point near the centre of the jib, 
and the earlier iron cranes followed closely the same form of construction ; rolled 
beams took the place of the wooden ones, and the method of joining them was 
modified ; but the general form remained the same. As the post and jib were 
each composed of two beams, united only at their ends and of little value later- 
ally, it was difficult to make such cranes strong enough without the use of an 
excessive amount of material. We early discovered that this form of frame was 
not adapted for quick-acting power cranes, and introduced the improved type of 
frame, shown in the accompanying illustrations, which combines lightness and 
strength in a marked degree. In this form the trolley or carriage travels within 
the jib, which is cross-braced from side to side above the carriage. The post in 
the same manner is cross-braced and latticed on all four sides, while at the top 
and bottom of the post wide plates are used to thoroughly unite the parts of the 
frame. Cranes can be built in this form of great torsional strength, and able to 
stand the strain produced by rapid rotation of the loaded crane and its sudden 
stoppage, while the omission of the separate strut permits work to be moved much 
nearer to the axis of rotation than is possible with the old form of construction. 

Jib-cranes may be supported on the top by bearings attached to the roof- 
girders or by struts from walls or columns, or they may be made to embrace col- 
umns which support the upper floor of a building, as in Plate No. 221, or the 



Wm. Sellers & Co.. Incorporated. Philadelphia, Pa. 



265 



Plate No. 218. 




5-TON STEAM PILLAR JIB-CRANE. 

Carried upon riveted steel pillar, bolted to foundation, driven by indepen- 
dent steam engine, and receiving steam from stationary boiler through top pintle 
bearing. Post of crane protected by cylindrical guard. Operating platform ele- 
vated. Maximum height of hook, 25 feet, Effective radius of the hook, 30 
feet. 



266 Wm. Seli^krs & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Swing Cranes — Conthmed. 

column may be a pillar, like that of the crane shown in Plate No. 218, secured to 
a sufficient foundation and requiring no support from roof or wall ; or the pillar 
may be bolted to the platform of a car of sufficient weight and size for use in 
various locations. Besides the jib-cranes described, in which the carriage sup- 
porting the load is arranged to travel radially along the jib, there are a number of 
swing-cranes having a fixed radius of action or a limited variation, by raising or 
lowering the end of the frame, which, vibrating about an axis near the centre of 
rotation, will move the load in and out through a limited distance. Such cranes 
are shown in Plates No. 222 and No. 225. 

There is still some demand for cranes operated by hand only, and for 
swing- cranes of this kind we usually provide a crank-motion for the hoisting 
train, while the travel of the carriage is produced by a hand -chain operating the 
traversing gearing. Such a crane is shown in Plate No. 223. 

Jib-cranes — not including those operated by direct-acting air or water 
cylinders — may be driven in various ways ; by independent steam-engines at- 
tached to the crane, by power obtained from the line shafting, by one or more 
electric motors, etc. We use essentially the same machinery in all these cases, 
making only such changes as are required for the application of the particular 
motive power required. The drum is usually arranged to carry all of the chain 
in one course without overlapping, and the load is held in any position by our 
patent automatic sustaining clutch, so that it is impossible for it to overhaul or 
run down ; and the load must be lowered by power. In special cases, when it is 
required to lower by brake, we make a suitable arrangement for the purpose. 
The mechanism we use in our cranes, while compact and neat in appearance, is 
carefully designed to facilitate examination and repairs, and careful attention is 
paid to proper lubrication of every part. We have paid great attention to the 
elimination of unnecessary chain friction, and design our carriages to avoid the 
twisting tendency which is so objectionable in many jib-cranes. 

Very little modification is required to apply power of any kind to cranes of 
this type. If it be desired to drive from line shafting, we usually put a vertical 
shaft through the upper pintle, connected by bevels with the operating mechanism 
at its lower end, and provided at its upper end either with bevel wheels operated 
by horizontal countershaft, or with a pulley driven directly from the line. 
When driven by independent engines, they are secured to the housings which 
carry the operating clutches ; steam is supplied through a stuffing-box in the 
top pintle, and the exhaust passes through a similar stuffing-box in the lower 
step. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 267 



Plate No. 219. 




10-TON ELECTRIC JIB-CRANE. 

In Foundry of the Baldwin Locomotive Works. 

With two hoisting speeds. Effective radius of jib, 30 feet. Operated by 
single constant speed motor. Arranged to lower by power or brake, as may be 
required. 



268 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 220. 




2()-TON ELECTRIC JIB-CRANE. 



Eifective radius of hook, 31 ft. 9". Post, 28 ft. high. Has elevated plat- 
form for operator and turning gear at base of post. Driven by 15 horse-power 
shunt wound electric motor. Two hoisting speeds. This type made in larger 
sizes as required. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 269 

Plate No. 221. 



6-TON ELECTRIC COLUMN JIB-CRANE. 

In Cylinder Shop, Baldwin Locomotive Works. 

Crane surrounding iron column used for supporting upper part of building. 
Height, 18 feet. Radius of jib, 20 feet. Driven by single motor. 



270 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 222. 





i^ 




^ 


^^^S 




!^>J|^ 


m 








!SJ-b.^^^.^:,,,liip^ 


^ 



10-TON SWING-CRANE.— WITH Fixed Radius of Action. 



Centre of rotation to centre of hook, 40 feet. Maximum hoist, 40 feet. 
Crane frame and machinery carried upon rotating platform, which also supports 
water-tank, boilers, and counterweight. A useful crane for wharf purposes. Is 
carried on circular track 20 feet in diameter. Requires no masonry foundation. 
Is quick and handy. Made also in larger sizes. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 223. 



271 




6-TON IRON HAND-POWER JIB-CRANE. 
With double cranks and self-acting brake holdins; load at all time 
attention from operator 
Simple and efficient 



must be lifted off to lower. 
Made also in other sizes. 



without 
Two hoisting speeds. 



272 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 224. 




5-TON CAR CRANE. 

With cast-iron post mounted on railroad car, for any required gauge of 
track. Gearing for fast and slow motions. Strap-brake on large gear-wheel. 
Provided with clamps and bracket for securing car when hoisting. Usual radius 
of hook, 12 feet. Made with wood or iron jib, as required. Simple, quick, and 
efficient. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 273 

Plate No. 225. 




40-TON LOCOMOriVK CAR CRANtC. 

In place alongside of Dry-dock, Portsmouth Navy Vard, V.a. 

Capacity of hoist, 90,000 pounds at 55 feet radius of hook ; 64,000 pounds at 70 feet radius. Highest position 
of hook above rails, 56 feet. Gauge of track, 18 feet. Trucks arranged to equalize load on wheels and permit 
crane to travel around curves of 66 feet radius. The drum is centred to the car by a heavy steel pin, aud the 
vyeight is taken upon steel rollers running in turned steel tracks. The jib is pivoted close to the platform, and is 
arranged to vibrate so as to change the radius of the hook from 56 feet to 70 feet. The load is carried by three 
parts of I Vs" chain, which is wound on a large drum; the hoisting train being provided with our improved sus 
taining clutch, and operated through friction clutches from a pair of engines with cylinders 10" diameter and 
12" stroke. The engines run without reversing, and the various movements are operated through suitable gear- 
ing and friction clutches. The crane is fully counterbalanced, aud is therefore able to pick up its load and travel 
with it to any desired point. As shown in the plate, the jib is reduced to its shortest overreach, and the crane is 
loaded with the full test load of forty gross tons. The car is supported upon sixteen double flanged wheels 
driven through our patent equalizing gearing. Duplicate cranes have also been supplied to the U. S. Navy 
Department for other locations. 



2 74 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Hydraulic Cranes. 

THERE are many locations where cranes are most conveniently operated by 
water under pressure or by compressed air, especially where the cranes are 

simple in construction and designed for one or two movements only. Di- 
rect-acting hoists are the simplest and most efficient, and where establishments 
are already provided with hydraulic accumulator and pumps or with a compressed 
air plant, such machines can be introduced to great advantage. We have built a 
number of various types for many special purposes, and are prepared to submit 
prices and designs for hydraulic cranes of all kinds. We illustrate on the oppo- 
site page a simple form of hydraulic pillar crane particularly adapted for certain 
classes of foundry work, or for putting work on machine tools, since the arrange- 
ment of levers is such that the operator can control the movement of the hoist 
while standing at the load. The cylinder is brass-lined and is double-acting, and 
a heavy counterweight is not required to overhaul the load. 

The crane may be bolted directly to floor or foundation, and no portion 
extends below the floor line excepting the pipe connections. The capacity of the 
crane in Plate No. 226 is 2240 pounds. Radius of hook, 9 ft. 6". Height of 
hook in highest position above floor, 8 ft. Actual lift, 7 ft. We also manufac- 
ture a similar crane of 4000 pounds capacity, with a hook radius 9 ft. 8", and a 
similar stroke of 7 ft. 8". These machines are part of a series of special hydraulic 
machines that we designed for the equipment of the wheel foundry of the Penn- 
sylvania Railroad Company at Altoona, Pa.; the equipment included, also, hy- 
draulic ladle tilting machinery, iron breakers, pitting crane, platform elevators, 
etc. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 275 



Plate No. 226. 




1-TON HYDRAULIC PILLAR CRANE. 
(For description, see page 274.) 



276 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 227. 




View in Car-Wheel Foundry of Pennsylvania Railroad, showing 
Hydraulic Moulding Cranes and Ladle-Tilting Device. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 277 



Plate No. 228. 




HYDRAULIC CRANE. — for the Annealing Furnace of the Wheel 
Foundry of the Pennsylvania Railroad. 
Rotates and hoists by power. Automatic hooks for holding the wheels. 



278 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Travelling Cranes. 

IT has become general practice to designate by the name travelling crane that 
type which consists of a bridge mounted upon wheels, supported upon an 
elevated track and having two motions in a horizontal plane, namely : a 
longitudinal motion along the runway rails, and a transverse motion within or up- 
on the bridge itself. Such cranes were early employed, first operated by hand 
only, then by independent steam-engines, and to a large extent by a rope, and 
later by a square shaft supported on movable bearings along the runway. Until 
within a few years all such cranes were very slow in action, and, as far as we 
know, the first cranes approximating in speed of bridge travel the practice of to- 
day, were built by ourselves. We were led to consider the subject from the fact 
that we could not get from the then leading makers, travelling cranes approaching 
in speed the velocity which we considered essential for our own business. The 
speeds which we produced were considered phenomenal, and by our competitors 
were condemned as useless. We were interested, however, to observe that, as 
soon as they learned how to build rapid running cranes, they changed their views 
as to the utility of quick speeds. Our earlier power-travelling cranes were usu- 
ally driven by square shafting, and for this purpose we invented a movable bear- 
ing, provided with a cap, which, being locked in place, enabled us to drive the 
shaft at a velocity not practicable while the shaft was carried in open bearings, as 
had previously been the practice, and at the same time the cap protected the bear- 
ing from dirt ; more than this, the movement of our square shaft- bearings is so 
correct, and they are so well supported, that we were enabled to increase the 
length of the bearing, and by thus reducing the pressure per square inch, increase 
the durability of the shaft and bearing. A crane driven in this way is shown in 
Plate No, 239, and we have many other examples of such cranes which have been 
running successfully for years. The electric motor, however, furnishes by far 
the most convenient means yet devised of communicating power from a stationary 
source to the operating mechanism of a crane. There are two methods of thus 
employing the electric motor. The first, which was the earlier application, merely 
substitutes for the square shaft, rope, or other prime mover, an electric motor 
carried upon the crane itself The distribution of the power to the various parts 
of the machinery, the stopping and starting of the different movements, are ef- 
fected by mechanical means. In the other type, called for convenience the " all 
electric," a motor is provided for each movement which it is desired to make ; 
thus, there is one for travelling the bridge and another for hoisting the load, while 
a third is required for traversing the carriage. In this type of crane the various 
movements are controlled by stopping, starting, or reversing the motors governing 
these movements, and changes of speed are commonly produced by changing the 
speed of the motor by Rheostat or otherwise. 

There is a popular idea that this second type of crane, the " all electric," 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 279 



Plate No. 229. 




5-TON TRAVELUNG CRANE. 



Driven by single constant speed motor. Hoisting drum and operating 
clutches on top of bridge (ma)- be arranged to one side if less head room is avail- 
able). Carriage traversed by endless chain and sprocket wheels. Hook will go 
within 18" of runway rails. A convenient type for low ceilings and short spans. 



28o 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Travelling Cranes — Contimced. 



dispenses with much machinery necessary for the former type ; but, in point of 
fact, it is only the machinery of transmission and the clutches which can be 
avoided. The reduction of gearing necessary between the motor and the work 
remains practically the same, while for the mechanical parts omitted, electrical 
equivalents are introduced, and with them a certain amount of mystery which is 
beyond the ken of the untrained mechanic. In the latter type, the motor, the 
machinery, and the load are put in motion at the same time, requiring a very large 
amount of power at the moment of starting, and an appreciable interval of time to 
get up the normal velocity ; while in the single motor crane the motor and a por- 
tion of the machinery are running at speed before the work is added. The inertia 
of these moving parts acts as a fly-wheel to assist in overcoming the resistance 
of the load when the latter is applied ; as a consequence, the properly con- 
structed single motor crane is quicker in starting, and can handle more work 
in a given time than a crane of the ' ' all electric ' ' type, while it is possible 
to make small movements of the bridge and trollej' with greater accuracy and 
certainty. 

An important feature in our travelling cranes, and one to which we invite 
particular attention, is the form of bridge which we generally use. It will be 
noticed that this consists of two plate girders of uniform depth, connected together 
by cross and diagonal bracing on the top flanges, and carrying on their contiguous 
faces near the lower flange, the rails upon which the carriage travels. These 
girders are carried from the supporting rail on the runways, clearing them by an 

inch or two where the carry- 
ing wheels are supported in 
bearings attached to wing- 
plates on the outsides of the 
girders. The trolley running 
within the bridge and close to 
its lower edge, the load is sup- 
ported upon the tension side 
of the beam ; the centre of 
gravity of the entire mass is 
brought as near as possible to 
the point of support, and the 
bracing which ties the two 
girders together insures a lat- 
eral stiffness which is amply 
sufficient to resist the transverse action produced by sudden stopping or starting of 
the heavily loaded bridge. That this action is not insignificant in a quick crane is 
now generally recognized, and those makers of travelling cranes who carrj' the 
trolley upon the upper flanges of the girders have been forced to meet this over- 
setting tendency by widening the flanges of their girders, by making box-girders 




SECTION THROUGH BRIDGE WITH TROLLEY 
IN POSITION. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 281 



Plate No. 230. 




5-TON TRAVKIvUNG GANTRY CRANE. 
In Shipyard of the Harlan & Hollingsworth Co., Wilmington, Del. 

Is mounted on high trestle and spans ship-ways. Distance between rails, 
51ft. Height of bridge above the ground, 70 ft. Driven by three variable 
speed motors. 



282 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Travelling Cranes — Continued. 

instead of plain plate-girders, or by introducing external horizontal trusses, in 
either case increasing the weight of the bridge beyond that which is necessary to 
support the vertical loads. In very long spans this increase of bridge weight is 
a serious matter, involving, as it does, not only increased first cost of bridge, but 
constant expense in moving useless material back and forth. 

We think it is obvious that our usual construction presents clearly the ad- 
vantages we have enumerated, and this becomes more evident as the span is in- 
creased. We have, for example, built travelling cranes with a span as long as 
134 feet between carrying rails, and to obtain in single girders the lateral stiffness, 
which we secured by our system of top bracing, would be almost impracticable 
with any reasonable increase of weight. Fancy a long railroad bridge span with- 
out lateral connections between the trusses ! 

The objection usually urged against the internal trolley is that the load is 
carried to one side of the web of the girder, thus tending to deflect the latter from 
a vertical plane. This tendency undoubtedly exists, but, owing to the small 
amount of the eccentricity, it is relatively insignificant, and is easily resisted. 
The deep cross-braces on top of the bridge are extended beyond the girders and 
connected by diagonal struts with the lower flanges of the girders. The tendency 
to spread is thus converted into a tendency to bend the cross-braces, and there is 
no difficulty in providing ample strength in these members to resist the bending 
moment ; nor is there anything revolutionary or contrary to good practice in this 
construction. The strain is identical with that produced in the vertical drill- 
press, the slotter, punching and shearing machines, and the riveter ; and in these 
it is easily met by properly proportioning the frame of the machine ; although, in 
the machines cited, the whole load acts to spread the frame, while in our cranes 
the horizontal component is but a small fraction of the load. It is sometimes 
alleged that the trolley, being enclosed within the bridge, is not so easy to get at 
as though it were on top. This is to some extent true ; but on the other hand, 
besides the advantages already enumerated, we may add, that the cross-bracing 
affords an attachment for a hoisting tackle, if it be desired to remove the trolley 
or any portion of it ; while with the external trolley, a separate structure must be 
erected for this purpose, unless the roof of the building can be relied upon to 
stand the load, which is not usually the case. We are not restricted however to 
the internal trolley, and build many cranes of the deck or outside trolley type and 
are prepared to modify our constructions as required by the given conditions or to 
meet the preference of purchasers. 

There are two general arrangements of machinery employed in our travel- 
ling cranes ; these form two distinct types or styles. In the first, the trolley con- 
tains the hoisting mechanism and drums. In the other, the drum and hoisting 
machinery are attached to the bridge at some fixed point, and the chain or wire 
rope is led around suitable sheaves and through the trolley or carriage ; this is 
exactly the arrangement of hoisting machinery which is used in jib-cranes. The 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 283 



Plate No. 231. 




6-TON TRAVELLING CRANE. 
In Flask Shop, Works of Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated. 



43 feet span. With hoisting drum fixed at one end of the bridge. All 
movements by electric motors. This is a special crane designed for occasional 
use. No regular attendant is required ; can be operated by any workman 
in the shop. Operator stands on a hanging platform, which is accessible from 
the floor. 



284 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Travelling Cranes — Continued. 

first type requires usually a larger and deeper bridge, but the movement of the 
hook is steady, and is free from any irregularity of motion such as may be pro- 
duced by the sagging of the chains in the ' ' fixed drum ' ' or jib-crane type. This 
irregularity is insignificant in short cranes, and for many purposes the fixed 
drum-cranes are perfectly satisfactory, and as they occupy very little head- room, 
are adapted for old shops and other locations where vertical height is limited. 
Both types of our cranes hoist the load in a vertical line ivithout lateral movement 
and ivithout twisting. This is an important matter, especially for foundry work. 

Travelling cranes are usually moved along the runway by the traction of 
the supporting wheels onl}^ ; but in many cases we supply spur-wheels at the 
ends of the bridge, engaging with cast racks attached to the rails on the runways. 
While not usually absolutely necessary, the racks afford a certain means of 
squaring the bridge and preventing any accidental derangement of its position, 
and they give a more positive control of the bridge movement than can be ob- 
tained by friction of the wheels on the rails. The rails for travelling cranes 
should be provided with efficient end-chocks or bumpers, for preventing the bridge 
from running beyond the proper point. Those built by us are arranged to bring 
the crane gradually to a stop without shock, and yet always maintain their proper 
alignment. 



Plate No. 232. 




-TON TRAVEIylylNG CRANE.— for Handling Storage Batteries in 
THE Power House of the Eletcric Vehicle Co., New York. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 285 



Plate No. 233. 




10-TON HAND-POWER TRAVELLING CRANE. 

Span, 80 ft. Hoist, 22 ft. Operated by hand chains from floor. Retaining- 
device to prevent load from running down. Spur geared throughout. With or 
without motor for traversing bridge. 



286 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 234. 




10-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE. 



Fixed drum type. Operated by a single constant speed shunt wound no 
reversing motor. Span 33 ft. Requires but little head room and works close to 
rails. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



287 



Plate No. 235. 




10-TON TRAVELLING CRANE. 

Span, 37 ft. Height over rails, 23". Fixed hoisting drum and machinery 
carried to one side of main girders. Three operating motors of variable speed. 
Hoists full load 5 ft. per minute. Anti-friction hook bearing. 



Plate No. 236. 




10-TON TRAVELLING CRANE. 

54 ft. span. Hoisting machinery on trolley travelling within the bridge. 
Very shallow cage to suit low shop Anti- friction hook. Three motors of vari- 
able speed. Foot board and hand-rail along one side to give access to bearings 
and bridge motor. 



Wm. Sbi^lers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 237. 




10-TON TRAVELLING CRANE. 

In Wheel-Shop, Baldwin Locomotive Works. 

Driven bj' single motor and operated from hanging platform in the centre. 
Span, 48 feet. Hoisting speeds, 5, 10, 20 and 40 feet per minute. Very quick 
and handy crane. Foot board gives easy access to machinery on side of bridge. 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



289 



Plate No. 238 




15-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE. 
In Machine-Shop of Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated. 

32 ft. span. Fixed drum, single motor type. Runs on track supported 
wholly from roof. Head room available was very limited, and the bridge girders 
are only 33" deep. 



290 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 239. 




15-TON POWER TRAVELLING CRANE. 

In the Erecting-Shop of the Geo. F. Blake Mfg. Co. 

41 ft. span. Runway 330 ft. long. As shown it was driven b}' a square 
shaft carried in our patent bearings. After many years of successful service a 
single electric motor was attached to the crane and the square shaft removed. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



2gi 



Plate No. 240. 




20-TON TRAVEI.LING CRANE-kor use over a Riveting Machine. 

Hoist operated by electric motor controlled at the riveter Cross itid lo,io-i 
hot:} %^-^ by band chains worked from the floor. \U hi,h H't for^^; 
boi ers. Span about 20 ft. Load carried bv six parts of steel tvire rope anto" 
matic electric and mechanical brakes. ^ -^t^ei %Mre 1 ope, auto- 



292 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 241. 




trsm ' 

2I^^^H|5- -" !■ ■ I ' ll " 




20-TON TRAVEIvUNG CRANE.— for Riveter Tower. 



30 ft. span. 40 ft. lift. Hoist, trolley and bridge travel by separate motors. 
Hook carried by six parts of steel wire rope. Movements operated by controllers 
situated at riveter. No operator on crane itself. Automatic mechanical and elec- 
tric brakes. Used for handling long boilers over stationary riveter. Requires no 
.special operator. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated. Philadelphia, Pa. 



293 



Plate No. 242. 




30-TON TRAVELI.ING CRANE. 

In East Erecting Shop, Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated. 

56 feet span. Operated by .single electric motor through our improved 
clutch machinery. Power transmitted to trolley by square shafts within the 
bridge. Bridge driven and kept in line by racks or runways. 



294 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 243. 




40-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE. 
In the Sormovo Works, Nighni Novgorod, Russia. 
Span, 62 ft. The illustration shows a small locomotive hanging in the air 
one end being supported by a suitable frame and the other by a chain sling. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 295 



Plate No. 244. 




50~TON TRAVELLING CRANE. 
In the Erecting Shop of the Southwark Foundry and Machine Co. 

Operated by single 50 horse- power electric motor. The illustration shows 
arrangement of clutches and operating machiner}^ on outside of bridge. It also 
indicates the cage and motor platform. Span, 50 ft. Lift, 40 ft. 



296 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 245. 





50-TON TRAVELLING CRANE.— Sikgle Motor Type. 

Shows end of bridge with motor and operating machinery in place. Power 
is transmitted to the trolley by square shafts supported in our patent "tumbler 
bearings," steel tired bridge wheels are 37" diameter. Hanging cage for operator 
not shown. 



Plate No. 246. 




75-TON TRAVELLING LADLE-CRANE. 



Welman type. Two trolleys, one on upper deck of bridge with two blocks 
for ladle hangers, and a 20-ton trolley running within the bridge for tipping ladle 
and handling light loads. Driven by seven reversing motors. 



Wm. Sellers «& Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



297 



Plate No. 247. 




50-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE. 



Fixed drum type. Span, 60 ft. Hoist, 164 ft. Two drums are used fixed 
in centre of bridge and the massive hook is carried by eight parts of i }i" steel 
wire rope. A single motor operates all movements through suitable clutches and 
mechanism. This is a special crane of great length of hoist, built for the Power 
House of the Niagara Falls Power Co. This crane is also shown in Plate No. 248. 



298 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 248. 




50-TON TRAVELLING CRANE. 
In Power House of Niagara Falls Power 



Co. 



This is the crane shown in Plate No. 247. It was used to install all of the 
5000 horse-power generators with their wheels and machinery. Is driven by a 
single constant speed 40 horse-power motor, direct current. The trolley carries a 
very quick 5- ton hoist, lifting light loads at 100 ft. per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 299 



Plate No. 249. 




50-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANES. 
In the Mt. Clare Shops of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Co. 
As shown, these cranes are lifting a large locomotive boiler with cylinders 
and frames attached. The lifting frame at the rear end is readily exchanged for a 
hook for ordinary work. The span is 69 ft. and the runway is 3S2 ft. long. 



300 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 250. 




100-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE. 
In the Erecting Shop of the Baldwin Locomotive Works. 

Span, 75 ft. 4" There are two such cranes on separate runways each hav- 
ing two independent trolleys operated from constant motors. Upon the same 
runways are two cranes of the same type, each having two 25-ton trolleys. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 301 



Plate No. 251, 




150-TON ELECTRIC TRAVELLING CRANE. 

Built for the Homestead Works of the Carnegie Steel Co., Ltd. 

50 feet span, provided with two trolleys, 75 gross tons each, with 30 feet 
clear lift. Bridge carried upon eight 37" wheels arranged in pairs, supported in 
equalizing trucks connected to the bridge by large fulcrum pins and steel bear- 
ings. Two of the wheels at each end are driven. The load of 75 tons is carried 
upon six parts of i^i" chain, arranged so that the lift is vertical, and there is 
no tendency to lateral movement or to twisting of the load. The hoisting motors 
and those for the bridge travel are controlled by the "series-multiple" system. 
The lower frame of the trolley is plated underneath to protect it from the heat 
of the large masses of hot metal over which it is used. 



302 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 252. 




CENTRIFUGAL SAND-MIXING MACHINE. 

EXPEDITIOUS. EFFECTIVE. ECONOMICAL- 

For disintegrating lumpy sand and mixing all kinds of moulding and core- 
sand quickly and economically. Will handle the sand as fast as two men can 
shovel it in. It consists of a rapidly revolving table, having on its upper surface 
a number of prongs projecting upward. The sand is fed through the hopper and 
thrown by centrifugal force from prong to prong, and out against the cover from 
which it emerges in a fine shower free from lumps and thoroughly mixed. Hop- 
per is hinged for convenience of cleaning the prongs and removing the stones, 
nails, etc., which do not pass between them. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



303 



Railway Turn=TabIes. 

GREAT changes have taken place in the size and weight of locomotives since 
we first began (over forty years ago) the manufacture of cast-iron railway 
turn-tables. To meet these changing conditions, we have from time to 
time remodelled our patterns and added larger sizes to our list ; and, having 
adopted a specially strong mixture of iron, we are able to furnish cast-iron turn- 
tables adapted for the heaviest locomotives in use. It happens that in many loca- 
tions our early tables have been retained in service, although the engines they are 
expected to carry have doubled and trebled in weight. As a consequence, break- 
ages have resulted, not through any inherent defect in the cast-iron tables, but 

Fig. 1. 




simply because those particular tables were greatly overloaded. Indeed, it is a 
remarkable fact, and one which speaks well for the materials used, that they have 
stood at all under the loads given them. Cast-iron tables can be made to carry 
any required weight, but they must be made deeper and heavier as the load is in- 
creased. 

Cast-iron tables, properly designed, have many advantages, in convenience 
of shipment, in ease of repairing, in stiffness, etc., which make them generally 
popular. 

Our large turn-tables, though differing in the dimensions of the various 
parts, are essentially of the same design. They are simple in construction, easily 
erected, very durable when not abused, and turn with the greatest ease. The 



304 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



table, in general, consists of four cast-iron arms, firmly bolted and secured to a 
cast-iron centre-box of requisite width and strength. This centre- box surrounds 

Fig. 2. 




and is suspended from the pivot upon which the table turns ; the outer ends of 
the arms are connected by transverse beams or "cross-girts" which carry the 



Fig 




wheels that bear on the circular track and take the tip of the table when the load 
is not balanced. The pivot centre itself consists first of a conical post with a 
broad base, for bolting securely to a large capstone upon a suitable foundation. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



305 



This conical post is nearly as deep as the centre-box itself, and terminates on its 
upper part on a flat surface upon which rests a set of steel plates with hard steel 
conical rollers. Upon the top plate is balanced a casting which carries a semi- 
cylindrical projection upon its upper surface, that fits into a corresponding con- 
cavity in the rectangular steel top- cap and thus forms a hinge which will permit 
the table to vibrate longitudinally to balance the weight of the engine, but will 
efifectuallj' prevent it from tipping sidewise. 

Fig. 4. 




The centre-box is suspended from the top cap by eight bolts, thus throw- 
ing the entire weight of the table and balanced load directly upon the pivot centre 
(Fig. 2). A layer of wood packing is interposed between the top cap, arm, and 
the centre- box, which may be varied in thickness to adjust the height of the table 
to the point required. Upon the arms, and notched over them, transverse cross- 
ties are laid, and the rails are in turn spiked to these ties. The turn-table pit 
should be built with a proper retaining wall of brick or stone, surmounted bj' a 
suitable curb. The pit is deepest in the centre and grows shallower towards the 
circumference where it meets the circular track. This track should be carefully 
levelled and should rest on well laid sills. The distance from the top of the curb 
to the circular track is so slight that the pit may be crossed by stepping down in- 
to it, and, since the plates and rolls are situated so near the track level, no injur}- 



3o6 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



to the table will result from even a large amount of water in the pit ; although 
the water will, of course, interfere with the motion of the table by its resistance. 
Where the nature of the soil requires it, it is best to underdrain the turn-table pit. 
When our turn-tables are properly set up and the load nearly balanced, 
they may be turned with the greatest ease. One man can turn the heaviest 
engine. On a trial at our works, it was found that one and one-half pounds ap- 
plied to the end of one arm of a turn-table weighing 24,000 lbs. was suflScient to 



Fig 




put it in motion from a state of rest. All turn-tables that we build are erected in 
our works, carefully fitted and properly marked for assembling, so that our cus- 
tomers will have no fitting to do except trimming the wooden packing so as to 
bring the table to the proper level. This is a simple matter. 

SMALL TURN-TABLES. 
For service where the loads to be turned are all comparatively short, we 
make a special form of table that entirely covers its pit. It is quite shallow, 
turns with great ease, and is very durable. Such tables are used for Street Rail- 
ways, for Mines, Manufactories, and Warehouses, and we build various types and 
sizes adapted to various requirements. Fig. 4 shows our heavy pattern, 9 ft. 4" 
Turn-table, which is sufiiciently strong to carry the heaviest car that can be placed 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



307 



upon it. It will carry the passing load of locomotives, although too short to be 
used for turning any but very small ones. It is useful for machine shops and 
other manufactories doing a heavy class of work, and also for mine cars and loco- 
motives. Fig. 5 shows a type of lighter table, such as are used for street railways 
and for ordinary factory purposes where the loads passing over them are not 
heavier than they are required to turn. These, too, are made of various diameters 
and greater or less strength according to requirements. This form of table requires 
very shallow excavation, measuring only 9" from the base to the top of the floor 
plate. A still shallower and lighter table for diameters up to say 6 feet is shown 

Fig. 6. 




in Fig. 6. This is extremely shallow, in fact, measures only 6 inches from base 
to top of fioor-plate. All of these tables are usually made with roughened iron 
tops, but when required they may be covered with planking to correspond with 
shop floors. The rails may be elevated above the general surface, as in Figs. 4 
and 5, or depressed, as in Fig. 6, when it is desired to run trucks or barrows over 
the track. They are arranged with latches, which may be either of the spring 
form operated by lever or key, as in Figs. 4 and 6, or it may be a heavy drop- 
latch fitting into notched plates attached to the curb as in Fig. 5. 

These tables are all set up before they leave our works, and are ready to 
put in service without any fitting on the part of the purchaser. 



^,o8 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 253. 




LOCOMOTIVE AND TENDER ON TURN-TABLE. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 309 



Hydraulic Testing=nachines. 

SYSTEM OF A. H. EMERY, C.E- 

THE accurate testing of iron, steel, and other metals used in constructive work 
presents a problem of great importance to which engineers have at all times 

devoted much attention, and the modern increased use of steel and iron in 
the largest structures renders it necessary not only that the metal work shall 
safely bear its load, but that it shall not unnecessarily add to it. The problem, 
therefore, is to adjust with certainty a safe margin of strength with a minimum of 
weight (and, incidentally, of cost), and this can only be determined by experi- 
mental tests upon full-sized sections of the materials used in such construction. 

Heretofore, the principal method has been by machines designed to test 
comparatively small sample pieces under such conditions that the breaking 
strength of the test-piece was measured by the machine, and from the data thus 
obtained the supposed strength per square inch of full-sized bridge members and 
other constructive material was determined on paper by calculation. A feature 
common to all such machines heretofore in use is, in principle, the common steel- 
3'ard balance, supported by "knife-edges." While this is satisfactory for small 
work, it has proved inadequate for the modern requirements of testing a com- 
pleted piece, such as a column, or an eye-bar forming a tension member of a 
bridge, by reason of the bending of the support under heav}' pressure ; also, the 
injury to the knife-edges if sharp, and, if blunted, the introduction of friction, all 
of which render the calculation required to measure the strain unreliable. 

The "ideal " testing- machine would be one working without friction, cap- 
able of engaging all sizes and weights, measuring and registering with accuracy, 
easily and quickly operated, and practically indestructible by any use for which it 
was designed; 

Impossible as such a combination may appear to a technical engineer, it is 
not too much to say that these conditions have been fulfilled ; and it is the pur- 
pose of this paper to describe briefly the wholly original marvellous machine de- 
vised a number of years ago by Mr. A. H. Emery, CE., and recently improved 
by us in its mechanical details. 

The original machine of this type, constructed for the United States Gov- 
ernment, has been in actual service at the arsenal at Watertown, near Boston, for 
many years, and other similar machines more recently built have served to confirm 
the soundness of the principles involved. 

One of the ' ' proof ' ' experiments by the United States Government Board 
was the breaking in tension of a forged iron link, five inches in diameter between 
the eyes, at a strain of 722,800 pounds, and immediately thereafter slowly strain- 
ing a single horse-hair tiuio of an inch in diameter wdiicli, after stretching thirty 
per cent., snapped under the recorded strain of sixteen ounces. Masses of metal 
were subjected to pressures of one million pounds in compression alternately 



3IO Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia. Pa. 

with eggs and nut-shells, and in all cases the machine operated with equal accu- 
racy. 

About twelve years ago we acquired the exclusive right to build the Emery 
testing-machine under the numerous patents, and have since that time devoted 
much study to the subject, with a view of improving and simplifying its mechan- 
ism, reducing its cost, and increasing the facility of its operation, in order that 
we might be enabled to supply, at a comparatively moderate expense, testing- 
machines adapted to the requirements of bridge constructors and other manufac- 
turers, as well as technical schools and colleges, etc. It was found that extensive 
alterations in mechanical details were needed before such improved machines could 
be economically produced, and the machines illustrated herewith present the latest 
forms, combining the essential features of the original invention with the added 
mechanical improvements. 

DETAILED DESCRIPTION. 

The essential peculiarity of the Emery testing- machine is the method by 
which the stress produced upon the piece tested is conveyed to the scale and accu- 
rately weighed by mechanism that is entirely frictionless, and hence responds to 
the same increment of load regardless of the amount of strain upon the specimen. 
This result is accomplished by receiving the load upon a fiat closed cylinder 
called the "hydraulic support." The general scheme is indicated in Fig. i, 
which shows merely the relation of the parts, no attention being paid to pro- 
portion. 

The depth of the hydraulic support cylinder.-:/, is exceedingly small, the 
end is closed to prevent the escape of the contained fluid by a thin sheet of metal, 
b, upon which rests a piston, c, considerably smaller than the internal diameter of 
the cylinder ; this piston is secured to the cylinder by thin flexible fixing plates, 
d d, which permit a very small movement in the direction of the axis of the cylin- 
der while rigidly securing it against any lateral movement ; this longitudinal 
movement of the piston from no load to full load is not more than .003 inch, and 
as there is no hydraulic packing and no sliding, there is no friction beyond that 
of the fluid ; this hydraulic chamber is connected by a pipe, e, with a smaller but 
similar chamber, B, placed in the scale ; the piston c' , of this latter chamber acts 
through the block H against the first lever C of the scale, which thus receives a 
fraction of the load upon the piston c determined by the relation between the areas 
of the two hydraulic cylinders A and B. 

The scale-body is a rigid cast-iron frame carrying the steel scale levers, all 
the supports and connections of which are thin flexible plates of steel firmly 
secured to the levers and their supports, and having a sufficient exposure between 
their fixed ends, that the amount of bending due to the movement of the levers 
shall be well within the elastic limit of the material. The long arm of the lever 
C is coupled by the bar D with the short arm of the poise-frame lever E : the long 
arm of this lever carries all the standard weig-hts of the scale, and the method of 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



311 



Plate No. 254. 




HYDRAULIC-SUPPORT TESTING-MACHINE. 

Maximum Capacity, 500,000 lbs. 

Ratio from main weighing-platen to point of indicator needle in scale-case, 
300,000: I. Used for calibrating the hydraulic supports of all new testing ma- 
chines, and adjusting the poise weights with great precision. Extremely sensi- 
tive, 200 grains on main platform will put in motion 20,000 lbs. of levers and 
platforms, and deflect scale needle. No reduction of sensitiveness when fully 
loaded. 



312 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



putting them on or taking them oflf, without handling, is peculiar to the Emery- 
system. Suspended from this lever, E, at suitable intervals by thin fulcrum 
plates, are " poise frames," N, consisting of an upper cross- head, ^, and a lower 
cross-head, T, united by three vertical bars disposed at equal intervals about the 
cross-heads. 

Fig. I. 




These bars are provided on their inner faces with short projecting brackets, 
V, having a horizontal surface and a bevelled surface corresponding with similar 
surfaces formed on the weights h, which are short cylinders or rings with bevelled 
edges ; the weights are carried by the flat surfaces and centred by the bevelled 
surfaces. A " weight-frame," M, for carrying the weights when not in use, of 
similar construction, has its three vertical bracketed bars alternating with the bars 
of the poise-frame ; this weight-frame is guided, and is raised and lowered in a 
vertical line without touching the poise-frame, b}' a rock shaft and a hand-lever 
coupled to the rod projecting from the cross-head R. The brackets on the weight- 
frame bars are differently spaced from those on the poise-frame, and when the 
weight-frame is at the top of its stroke, it carries all of the weights clear of the 
poise-frame ; a small movement downwards transfers one weight to the poise- 
frame, the bevelled surfaces on the brackets centring the weight if it becomes dis- 
placed sideways by a too sudden movement. A further movement transfers an- 



\Vm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



313 



Plate No. 255. 




PUMP FOR HYDRAULIC TESTING MACHINES. 

WITH Adjustable Stroke. 

Maximum stroke of plungers, 5". Maximum discharge, 1 1 78 cubic inches 
per minute. Crank-shaft, 100 revohitions per minute. Stroke adjustable by 
hand wheel to suit speed of movement desired. Has three single acting plungers, 
safety valve and tank. 



314 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 

other, and so on ; that is, the movement of the weight-frame in either direction 
transfers the weights singly and successively from one frame to the other ; the 
weights/ and ^ are shown carried by the poise-frame, 7 and k by the weight- 
frame, while h is being transferred from one to the other. 

The operating hand-lever is provided with a notched segment, into which 
a click-spring plays so that the operator feels when he has moved the lever the 
right distance to transfer a weight to or from the poise-frame without having to 
watch the indicator as formerly, and the arrangement of the six bars surrounds 
the weights by a cage that effectually prevents any displacement and consequent 
interruption of the test, as sometimes occurred when the weights rested on simple 
shelves secured only by short-pointed pins. There is hence no necessity for open- 
ing the glass case that encloses this part of the scale, and the weights are never 
exposed to any risk of alteration. The weights in the first poise-frame have a 
value of 100 pounds, the next frame carries weights of a value of ten times as 
much, or 1000 pounds, the next 10,000 pounds, and so on, and the readings are 
summed up by a series of segments connected to the several operating shafts and 
provided with figures denoting the number of weights on each poise-frame. A 
horizontal slot in a vertical plate near the upper left-hand corner of the scale is so 
placed that the reading of the figures shown through this slot denotes the number 
of pounds pressure applied to the specimen. 

The final lever of the scale is an indicator needle, F, which has a move- 
ment at its point of lY^" to 2", and this movement, calculated from the mechan- 
ical ratios of the hydraulic chambers and of the levers in the scale, is not less than 
300,000 times the movement of the piston c in the first hydraulic chamber, 
and may on large machines be 6,000,000 times as much. The transfer of fluid 
from one chamber to the other is almost imperceptible, and while it takes force 
to move the metal sheets and to bend the steel fulcrums, yet this force is all 
returned as the various parts resume their position of equilibrium, the needle 
returning to the same zero point after being disturbed in either direction. 

The weighing-head (Fig. 2) consists of two circular or annular beams, 65 
and 69, firmly secured together by bolts placed around their periphery and by the 
straining screws which pass through both beams and clamp them by a shoulder 
and nut. This head and the straining-head fit easily upon the bed which main- 
tains the axes of the two heads in the same straight line. A draw-bar, 70, is 
secured in the axis of these beams by two thin annular steel plates, 72 ; these 
plates hold the draw-bar securely in line with the axis of the machine, while per- 
mitting a free motion to a limited extent in the direction of the axis. The pro- 
jecting end of the draw-bar is provided with a screw-thread by which the com- 
pression platform or the tension holder is secured to it. The draw- bar is enlarged 
in the middle, and against each of the two shoulders thus formed is secured a thin 
annular steel plate, 73 ; these plates are for the purpose of carrying and centring 
the hydraulic support, which is made annular, instead of circular, as shown in 
Fig. 1. The hydraulic support is maintained in fixed relation with the draw-bar 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 256. 



315 




HYDRAUUC SCAI.E FOR EMERY TESTING MACHINES. 
n..nf J!'''?:'"- hand levers for adding weights and valves for controlling move- 
ment of testing machine. All poise weights handled without opening case. 



3i6 



Wm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



laterally, while it is left free to move relatively to it in the direction of its axis 
through the small distance required. On each side of the hydraulic support, 
steel collars, 71, are screwed and secured to the draw-bar ; these collars are pro- 
vided on the periphery with a series of ribs (Fig. 4) parallel with the axis of the 
draw-bar, and which lie between without touching, similar ribs projecting from 
the interior surface of the annular beams. The ends of all these ribs on the two 
beams and the collars are accurately faced to true planes at right angles to the 
axis of the draw-bar, and the distance between the two extreme faces of the 
hydraulic support is made slightly less than the distance between those two planes. 
Movement of the draw-bar in either direction carries the hydraulic support against 
the ends of the ribs in one annular beam, brings the ends of the ribs on one of the 
collars on the bar against the opposite side of the hydraulic support, and produces 








FiV/.? 



pressure on the contained liquid which is transmitted through the pipe, 63, to the 
small hydraulic chamber in the scale. 

In order to prevent the shock of recoil, resulting from the rupture of a 
large specimen of high steel, from doing injury to the thin brass plates in the hy- 
draulic support, the abutting piece, 64, of the support which rests against the ribs 
in the annular beam, 65, when strains of tension are applied, is made larger in 
diameter than the hydraulic support proper, and is provided with a spiral or screw 
face, 66, which engages with a corresponding screw-face formed on a rotatable 
ring, 67, fitting in the other annular beam, 69. After the initial load has been 
applied, this ring is rotated by the pinion-shaft, 68, to bring the screw-faces in 
contact, see Fig. 3, and the abutting piece, 64, is thus clamped firmly to the 
annular beam against which it rests. When the specimen breaks, its first blow 
is delivered through the draw-bar and ribbed collar to this abutting piece, 64, 
which transmits it through the ring, 67, to the rear annular beam, 69, and as 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 317 



Plate No. 257. 




30,000-LB. DYNAMOMETER AND SCALE-CASE. 
For Weighing Tractive Force of Locomotives. 
Centre of draw-bar adjustable from 28" above foundation to 46". 



3i8 Wm. SelIvErs & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 

these beams, 65 and 69, are rigidly united, the blow is absorbed by the total mass 
of these two beams. The hydraulic support is thus thoroughly protected, and 
these machines can be used regularly for breaking high steel specimens up to the 
full capacity of the machine without any risk of injury. 

The weighing-head is returned to its place on the bed after movement due 
to recoil by a set of spiral springs locked up in boxes secured to the bed ; 
these springs are strong enough to move the head, and their resistance dimin- 
ishes greatly the movement due to recoil, while the friction of the head upon 
the bed rapidly wipes out the oscillations. The annular beams bolted together, 
as described, constitute one built-up beam to resist the bending due to the pressure 
on the draw-bar midway between the straining screws. The hydraulic sup- 
port is thus inclosed in a rigid mass of cast-iron and effectually protected 
against injury from violence or from being gummed up by oil from the 
straining cylinder, as has occurred with the upright machines, and the fric- 
tionless movement of this support under all conditions of service is thus in- 
sured. 

Two straining screws, 77, are provided (Figs. 6, 7, and 8), fixed firmly to 
the weighing-head and passing freely through bearings, 88, formed on each end 
of the straining- head, 87; a revolving nut, 89, provided with gear-teeth on its 
periphery, is placed on each straining screw between the two bearings, 88, 
formed on the sides of the straining-head ; these nuts are revolved by the wide 
face pinions, 90, driven through the bevel-wheels, 92 and 93, by a balancing train 
of gearing consisting of a gear-wheel, 96, carrying two balancing bevel pinions 
(see Fig. 8), meshing with two bevel- wheels, one on each side of the first gear- 
wheel, 96, so that power applied to the gear, 96, is by means of the balancing 
pinions divided equally between the two bevel-wheels, and thus imparts equal 
pressure to the revolving nuts, 89, on the straining screws. This arrangement 
does away with the necessity heretofore existing of having the straining screws 
of exactly similar pitch throughout their length. With this construction the 
screws could be of different pitches, the alignment of the heads being secured by 
the fit of the screws in their bearings and of the heads on the wrought-iron bed 
or shear ; by driving this train of gearing either by hand or by power, the strain- 
ing-head is moved back and forth upon the bed to accommodate the varying 
lengths of specimens ; when the head is adjusted to place, the nuts form the 
abutments upon the screws to resist the movement of the cylinder for strains of 
compression or extension. The nuts, 89, do not fit snugly endwise as heretofore, 
but a space of several inches is left between the ends of the nuts, 89, and the 
faces of the bearings, 88 (see Fig. 6). This provides for the shock of recoil when 
breaking a long and large specimen, the sudden release of the straining screws 
from their load when the specimen breaks, together with the force resulting from 
the sudden contraction of that end of the specimen attached to the straining- 
head, merely give the head a push along the bed, and it slides freely until its 
momentum is absorbed by its own friction, the space between the revolving nuts 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 319 



Plate No. 258. 




100,000-I.B. TESTING MACHINE. 



Capable of testing specimens 12 ft. long in compression, and S ft. 4" long in 
tension. Maximum stroke of piston in straining- head, 24". Hydraulic scale 
shown in position. Ten.sion holders and specimen in place. The compression 
platforms are on the floor. 



320 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



and the bearings allowing ample room for this travel even when the heads are 
thoroughly lubricated. This head is thus entirely cut off from the rapid vibra- 
tions of the straining screws, and the necessity of making the nuts an exceedingly 
good fit to both screw and head is entirely avoided. 

The straining -head is provided with a piston packed to receive fluid pres- 
sure in either direction, and the piston-rod passing through a packed bearing in 
one end is provided with a screw-thread, similar to that on the draw-bar, to 
receive the various holders. The fluid is supplied to this straining cylinder 
through two systems of jointed pipes, which are connected through the valves at 
the scale-case with the pressure pump and the tank respectively, so that each pipe 




acts either as a pressure pipe or an exhaust pipe, depending upon the direction in 
which the strain is to be exerted upon the specimen. 

The Emery testing-machines are now made horizontal instead of vertical ; 
in the first place to make all sizes of machines of one type, and in the second 
place to get certain advantages in overcoming the shocks of recoil. In all but the 
very smallest size of machines, the weighing-head and the hydraulic cylinder or 
straining-head are carried and aligned by the top surface of a wrought-iron bed, 
as shown in the view of a 200,000-pound testing-machine, Plate No. 259, the 
straining-head on the right hand and the weighing-head on the left, back of which 
stands the scale, and to its right is the pump ; in the foreground are the parts of 
the tension holders. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 321 



Plate No. 259. 







200.000-IvB. TESTING MACHINE. 

Capable of testing specimens 7 ft. 9" long in compression and 5 ft. 5" long 
in tension. Maximum stroke of piston, 3 ft. 6". Maximum travel of piston with 
pumps at maximum delivery, 4^_'" per minute. 



322 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 260. 




300.000-I.B. TESTING MACHINE. 



Capable of testing specimens i8 ft. long in compression and 13 ft. long in 
tension. Maximum stroke of piston, 3 ft. 6". Maximum travel of piston with 
pumps at maximum delivery, 4^^" per minute. 



Wm. Sellers & Co. , Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 323 



Shafting. 

SHAFTING — so called — is a comprehensive term, firmly established by usage, 
and includes all the various appliances for the mechanical transmission of 
power. It is the intermediate agent through and by which the power of any 
establishment is conveyed from the source where generated to the various machines 
which are to receive motion. 

The machinery of all manufacturing establishments can be properly 
divided into three main or fundamental parts, — viz., first, the source of power, 
whether it be steam, with its boilers and engines ; water, with its wheels ; or 
electricity, with its generators and motors ; second, the shafting, which carries 
the power and distributes it in quantity and kind wherever required ; and, third, 
the manufacturing machinery, which is the producing element, which is kept in 
motion by means of the prime mover and the shafting. 

It is clearly to be seen that the best results in manufacturing cannot be 
secured without equal intelligence and judgment in the selection of all of the 
above, so proportioned and arranged that each may satisfactorily perform its part 
in perfect harmony with the others. The design and arrangement of shafting for 
power transmission is a subject worthy of more consideration than is generally 
awarded it. In fact, it cannot be wisely treated as in any way secondary to any 
other unit in the sum total of any manufacturing plant. In a large factory, the 
shafting, with its couplings, pulleys, belt carriers, and other similar adjuncts, 
considered as a machine to transmit motion, is frequently the largest in the estab- 
lishment ; hence, every consideration of economy requires that it should do its al- 
lotted work with the least possible loss of power in the transmission. It calls for 
economy in first cost and economy in use. The generation of power to be ex- 
pended in operating machinery to do work costs something ; it may cost much 
money in fuel consumed, or it may cost something in energy expended, the 
expense in most cases being in proportion to the amount of power generated 
and absorbed either in the direct operation of the machinery, or in the 
friction due to the transmission. In any case, the more perfectly the whole 
power is distributed to the operating machinery the more profitable will be its 
use. 

To obtain the high speed found advantageous in mill practice, and at the 
same time reduce the friction load to such a minimum as will give the highest de. 
gree of economy in running, it is necessary that great care be used in the selection 
and disposition of the various materials used. The shafts must be straight, truly 
cylindrical, properly proportioned for the work to be done, and made of carefully 
selected materials, having such chemical and physical properties as will best resist 
the torsional and deflecting strains to which they are to be subjected. They must 
be united by couplings that hold them firmly, and be provided with self-adjusting 



324 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



bearings that will maintain them in true line. All of the work should be so de- 
signed that it may be readily attached or detached, and a standard as to sizes 
should be adopted, so that the various parts may always be interchangeable. 

These results, together with good judgment in the arrangement of the 
work, so that the best effects may be produced, with the least expense as to 
outlay and the cost of running, can only result from long and extensive experi- 
ence. 

It is important to state, however, that no matter how thorough a system of 
shafting is adopted, its arrangement, proportions, disposition of parts, and gen- 
eral adaptation to its special purposes, should all be carefully studied and deter- 
mined upon by one who is an expert in such matters before the mill or factory 
building is designed. Too frequently this important matter is left without con- 
sideration until after the building is erected, and then the shafting must be ar- 
ranged to suit controlling conditions, with results, both as to cost and efficiency, 
that are far from satisfactory. 

No one not familiar with this business — as conducted upon an extensive 
scale — can have any idea as to the number and variety of its details. In addition 
to the every-day demands in the line of general practice, there continually arise 
cases of a peculiar kind, requiring hitherto unused expedients which can only be 
designed and applied by those having had long and successful experience in this 
line, and the demands of the day are so great, so varied, and so constantly increas- 
ing, that no establishment can properly meet them unless it has appliances and 
resources that are practically without limit. 

Our extensive plant is the outgrowth of an experience in the front rank of 
over fifty years, during which time our products have found a market among the 
most exacting customers in almost every civilized country upon the face of the 
earth. At the beginning of this period the art of making shafting was in a very 
crude state, and the products of to-day are to be compared with those of that time 
much as daylight is to darkness. We do not hesitate to state, with justifiable 
pride, that most of the prominent improvements in this line originated with us, 
and have since been extensively copied by other manufacturers. This is notably 
the case with the " swivel " or "ball-and-socket " bearings, which are now almost 
universal in their use, and with the "cone-vise" compression couplings, which 
since the expiration of our patents have been extensively made by a number of 
others, both in this country and in Europe. 

We were the first to introduce a scale of fixed prices for each separate 
article, by which the purchaser is enabled to know in advance the exact cost of 
his work, — a foreknowledge which cannot be possessed by those who purchase 
"by the pound." We claim that our customers not only make a direct saving in 
first cost over those who purchase in any other way, but that the advantages are 
continuous, in that they secure a well-designed and easy-running system, which 
is constructed with as little expenditure of material as is consistent with absolute 
strength. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



325 



Plate No 261. 




PEDESTAL BEARING.— WITH Self-Oiling Box and Floor Stand. 



This form of bearing and stand is especially designed for use in electric 
plants, or where the shafting and the machinery to be driven are on the same 
floor. As shown in the plate, the floor stand has attached our hand-wheel and 
worm shifting device, which is applicable alike to tooth and friction clutches. 



32 6 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



We publish for distribution a Shafting Price-List, illustrating our standard 
articles of manufacture, and giving price for each item. This book also contains 
tables for use in the laying out and proportioning of shafts, together with general 
dimensions of bearings, etc. All the prices given in this book are subject to dis- 
count, the rate of which will be furnished upon application. 

We keep in stock a large assortment of the standard articles in this line, 
such as Shafts, Couplings, Hangers, various forms of Carriers, etc., which can 
be delivered promptly upon receipt of order, and our plant is so extensive that we 
can promptly make to order such articles as are not in stock. 

Our shafts are made of stock carefully selected, and known to possess prop- 
erties best suited for the purpose. 

They are finished with care to standard ring gauge. All key seats, unless 
otherwise ordered, are cut to standard sizes, and the shafts are subsequently 
restraightened as a final process before boxing or delivery. Our standard sizes 
are one-sixteenth of an inch less in diameter than the nominal sizes ; thus, what 
we call a 3-inch standard shaft is in reality 2x1 inches in diameter. This difference 
is due to the allowance for turning, although we can furnish shafts of full nominal 
sizes when so ordered. For large sizes and for heavy duties we make special 
shafts of forged iron or steel. 

Our hangers are of the "double-braced," "ball-and-socket" variety, so 
designed as to resist with equal efficiency strains exerted in any direction, and 
having vertical adjustment by means of the " plungers," 
which are the "sockets" carrying the "ball" on the 
journal box or bearing. This " ball " is a sphere, hav- 
ing its centre co-incident with the centre of the box. A 
bearing when made in this way can adjust itself to any 
deflection or settlement of the shaft with equal facility in 
any direction, and thus distribute its load equally over its 
entire surface. This is, in fact, the only correct form of 
swivel box, and is usually made by us, with a length 
equal to four times the diameter of the shaft. We manu- 
facture numerous modifications of this form of hanger, many of which will be bet- 
ter understood by reference to the shafting price-list before mentioned, where they 
are illustrated and described. 

The question of properly lubricating the bearings is one of great import- 
ance, and the various methods and materials used for this purpose are almost 
without limit. To meet a very diversified range of requirements, we make — with 
certain modifications — two standard forms of boxes or bearings for our hangers. 
First, the ordinary box, so arranged that it can by oiled by hand, or can have at- 
tached any of the well-known forms of drop feeders. Each of these boxes is made 
with two small grease reservoirs or cups on its upper surface, and these can be 
filled with grease, or can have attached tubes for " candle " lubricators, which are 




Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



327 



Plate No. 262. 




LINE OF SHAFTING. 
This plate illustrates various types of bearings, pulleys, clutches, etc., 
such as are used for heavy jack-shafts or for main driving lines in Electric Light 
Stations. 



328 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



now quite extensively used. In this way we meet the ordinary requirements for 
oil or grease lubrication. 

Our second form of box is of the " ring " or *' chain " self-oiling type. 
This is a neat and efi&cient adaptation of a method of oiling already in use for other 
purposes, and at the same time preserving the integrity of the ball-and-socket 
box. Each box has attached to it an oil reservoir or chamber extending its entire 
length, and having free communication between the two ends. Supported upon 
the shaft journal there are two rings or chains which hang into the bath of oil 
below, and which revolve with the shaft whenever it is in motion. With these 
rings or chains a copious supply of oil is carried to the journal at all times, and a 
complete lubrication is constantly maintained. A single charging of oil should 
keep the box in good running condition for several months without renewing. 
Our ordinary box or bearing for hangers is made of iron, bored accurately to size, 
so as to distribute the journal load over its entire length. Our long experience 
has demonstrated that for ordinary use cast-iron used in this way is superior to 
other metals as a material for boxes. We make to order, however, boxes babbitt 
lined, or of bronze. 

COUPLINGS. 

Our standard coupling is the double "cone-vise" coupling, universally 
known and commonly spoken of as the " Sellers Coupling." Its very extensive 
use has made it such a familiar object that anything more than a general descrip- 
tion is unnecessary. This coupling consists of three (3) principal parts, viz., one 
outer "shell"' and two "cones," the latter of which are 
drawn together within the former by means of three bolts. 
The construction is such that the cones compress with equal 
force upon both of the shafts to be coupled, holding them in 
absolute "line" with each other, whether the two are 
turned to the same finished diameter or not. They can 
readily be attached or removed without the use of any but the most simple appli- 
ances. Shafts of different sizes can be connected by this coupling, either by re- 
ducing the end of the larger shaft to the diameter of the smaller one, and using a 
coupling of this size, or by the better practice of using a coupling of the proper 
size for the large shaft, and having one of its cones bored to suit the small one. 
Each standard coupling has a strength greater than that of the shaft to be driven, 
and, under ordinary conditions, has a durability co-equal with that of the shaft it- 
self. One particular feature of the cone-vise coupling is its combination of simple 
parts, any one of which can be replaced by a new one in case of breakage or ex- 
cessive wear, and the coupling thus restored at a small cost to its original condi- 
tion of usefulness and reliability. 

PULLEYS. 
A review of the histor}^ of pulley making recalls the time when the substi- 




Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



329 



Plate No. 263. 




VERTICAL SHAFT.— With Step and Driving Pulleys. 



This plate shows the method of conveying power from a horizontal to a 
vertical shaft by means of a belt, and one carrier so adjusted as to distribute the 
pulling strain through the entire width of the belt. In this way power may be 
distributed through each story of a building without belts running through the 
floors. The shaft, coming from an adjoining building, is 5" in diameter, with 
driving-pulley 48" in diameter, and conveys 150 horse-power through a 2o-inc1i 
double belt to the vertical shaft, which makes 200 revolutions per minute. 




330 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



tution of iron for wood as a material for pulleys, and the capacity to do so skil- 
fully and inexpensively, was justly considered as one of the great strides in the 
art. A properly proportioned and correctly finished iron pulley has, accidents 
excepted, a life of reliable usefulness that is practically without limit. No other 
material has the same capacity for resisting wear, and 
is so little affected by changes in atmospheric condi- 
tions, and no other pulle)^ is so graceful in appearance 
and action, and presents in revolving so small a surface 
to the resistance of the atmosphere. 

Most of our pulleys are machine moulded, all 
are made with straight tapering arms, are properly 
proportioned, and in every way have an abundant and 
well distributed strength, without having any super- 
fluous material to add to the necessary weight that is 
kept in motion at the expense of power. They are all bored to fit accurately to 
their carrying shafts, are made for either "single" or "double" belts, turned 
either " straight " or " high ' ' on the face, as their service may require, and are 
balanced carefully, with a special reference to the speed at which they are to be 
run. Wherever the conditions are peculiar, as is frequently the case, we make the 
pulleys with special reference to these conditions. Our patterns and general facil- 
ities for pulley making cover an extensive range as to sizes, and include every- 
thing that is in the line of the best practice. 

Friction pulleys are now quite extensively used for many purposes, and 
have a position in the line of power transmission which is exceedingly important, 
and will undoubtedly be lasting. The same may be said of friction clutches when 
used as cut-off couplings. By the use of these, machinery or shafting may be in- 
stantly started or stopped, and further, certain parts of the machinery may be en- 
gaged or disengaged without in any way interfering with the continuous running 
of other parts. The increasing recognition of the advantages in the use of fric- 
tions among users of machinery of all kinds has led to a demand which is con- 
stantly growing. We are prepared to furnish either friction pulleys or friction 
cut-off couplings of all sizes, suitable for all speeds, and adapted for any condi- 
tions of service, and we will be pleased to correspond at any time with any one 
contemplating purchasing. 

The subject of pulleys would be incomplete without special reference to 
those used in the transmission of power by means of ropes as a substitute for belts. 
This practice, but recently introdnced in this country, has become firmly estab- 
lished, and, under certain conditions, possesses advantages which are worthy of 
recognition. There are two principal methods of rope transmission ; first, by 
means of several ropes running side by side in properly shaped grooves upon the 
faces of the pulleys, and having a combined capacity equal to the amount of power 
to be transmitted ; and second, by means of one rope, having several turns (or 
wraps) in the grooves of the two wheels of sufficient number to convey the power 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 331 



Plate No. 264. 




ANGULAR BELT DRIVE. 



A method of connecting by belt two shafts that are at right angles and not 
in the same plane. In this instance the belt is "crossed," and is carried upon 
one of our adjustable Mule Pulley Stands. 



332 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



required, and having its tension regulated and the travel of the rope returned 
to its starting groove in one of the wheels, by means of a "sheave" wheel 
with single groove, on a traveller or tightener, commonlj^ called a "tension 
carriage." 

Both of these systems have their special advocates, both have merits, and 
each has superior advantages under certain conditions. In the application of 
either method it is important that the mechanical devices employed should be 

the best of their kind. The trans- 
mission wheels should be of iron, 
and have turned grooves of sizes 
and shapes that have been proved 
by long experience to be best for 
the purpose. They should be prop- 
erly balanced, the various grooves 
should be so accurately turned to 
the same pitch diameter, that all of 
the ropes, or the various wraps of 
the same rope, may travel at the 
same velocity, and they should be 
so fitted and attached to the .shaft 
that the grooves will " run true " 
and without vibration. 

We can furnish to order trans- 
mission wheels with varieties as to 
pitch diameter, size, number, and shape of grooves, that will meet the broadest re- 
quirements for the best methods of rope driving. We have also designs and pat- 
terns for various forms of "tension carriages," rope carriers, etc., and are prepared 
to adapt to either usual or special conditions any standard or exceptional require- 
ments in this line. 

We will gladly render to any of our customers such engineering assistance 
as will enable them to secure a well-designed system of Rope Transmission which 
will insure a maximum of efficiency at a minimum of cost. 

The limits of space restrict us here to a general and somewhat superficial 
mention of the articles manufactured by us under the comprehensive head of 
Shafting. It is scarcely necessary to say, therefore, that we have been compelled 
to omit various other and equally important items which we manufacture 
for power transmission. In fact, our regular output includes an extensive 
variety as to gearing, tighteners of various forms, carriers, mules, etc., many of 
which are standard and meet every-day rtquiremtnts, whilst others have been de- 
signed to do service under special and peculiar conditions. We are fully equipped 
with all modern facilities for furnishing promptly and in any quantity all of the 
latest and most approved appliances for the mechanical transmission of power. 

Our Engineering Corps is an important feature in this department, and is 







Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



333 



Plate No. 265. 




A Line Shaft in the Station of the Northern Electric Light and 
Power Co. of Philadelphia. 



The dynamos on the floor above are driven from thi.s shaft bj^ nearlj- ver- 
tical belts, to which tension is given by means of belt- tighteners that are raised 
and lowered by chain-blocks. 



334 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



well equipped for arranging general Shafting details in accordance with the best 
practice of the times. 

Many of our customers find it greatly to their advantage to consult us as to 
the arrangement and proportions of their work, as they thus secure the best me- 
chanical efficiency, and frequently at an important reduction both in first cost, and 
in expense of maintenance. 

In our Milhvrighting Department we keep employed a number of skilled 
millwrights, whose extensive and varied experience make them masters of the 
general details of their trade. We are prepared to do constructive millwright 
work of all kinds, though the special feature of this department is the careful, ac- 
curate, and judicious erecting in place of the shafting made by us. 

The proper and skilful erection of work goes hand-in- hand with its accu- 
racy of design and construction ; and no matter how perfect may be the design, 
and how well adapted to the purposes may be the various parts, they cannot yield 
their best efficiency unless they are judiciously erected and adjusted. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



335 



Plate No. 266. 




End View of the I,ine Shaft shown in Plate No. 265. 



Illustrating distinctly the clutches and shifting devices by means of which 
the operator on the second floor is enabled to control the action of the clutches on 
the floor below. 



336 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 267. 




Line Shaft in the Station of the West-End Electric Co. of 
Philadelphia. 

This is, in fact, three separate lines, each having an independent engine, 
but all so arranged that by means of friction cut-ofF couplings the three lines can 
be connected into one, and driven by either of the engines. It will be noticed 
that these lines are supported and their clutches operated by the pedestal-bearing, 
floor-stand, and shifting device more fully shown in Plate No. 261, on page 325. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 337 



Plate No. 268. 




End View of Line Shaft shown on Opposite Page. 



The special feature in this view is the mounting of the receiving pullej' on 
a " sleeve " or " quill,'' which is entirely independent of and apart from the line 
shaft which runs through it. The two are connected or disconnected by a friction 
cut-oflT coupling, so that either can be in motion while the other is at rest, and 
neither will be exerting any wearing strain upon the other. 



338 Wm. Seli,ers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Injectors. 

IN i860, the exclusive rights for the manufacture of the Giffard Injector in this 
country were obtained by our House, and constructive changes were intro- 
duced to increase its durability and efficiency and to adapt it to American 
practice. The most radical of these changes was due to the invention, by William 
Sellers, of the self-adjusting combining tube. This improvement was the chief 
feature of our Injector of 1865, which passed through a number of subsequent 
modifications, and found its final development in our self-adjusting Injector of 
1876. The description of this injector in the following pages is fully justified by 
its extensive use in this and in foreign countries. 

In the year 1887 an entirely different form was introduced. Differing es- 
sentially in its construction, and containing only fixed nozzles, this injector was 
designed so as to automatically adjust its water supply to suit any variation of the 
steam pressure, and, in addition, to re-start automatically after a temporary inter- 
ruption of the steam or water supply. This instrument has been recently still 
further improved /and is applicable to a wide range of service ; it has been 
adopted by, or is in use upon, most of the leading railroads of this country and 
upon many of those abroad. 

These two patterns of injectors are specially adapted for locomotive ser- 
vice, or to be used in connection with boilers carrying very high steam, or where 
the pressure is variable. By their use the watchful care on the part of the atten- 
dant is reduced to the minimum, and his time and attention can be given to 
other duties. For stationary boilers, steam tugs, traction or logging engines, a 
simpler and cheaper form answers equally well, and for such boilers we have de- 
signed and recommend our Re-starting Injector. 

All our different styles of injectors and valves are manufactured in large 
quantities, and each part is fitted to and tested by special gauges, insuring accu- 
racy of dimensions and perfect interchangeability of parts, permitting repairs to 
be made without the necessity of the return of the injector to our works. The 
size number of each injector is cast in raised figures upon a conspicuous part of 
the body, and this figure always corresponds to the exact diameter of the smallest 
orifice of the delivery tube, expressed in millimeters ; for instance, the diameter 
of the delivery tube of a No. 6 Injector of 1876 is 6 millimetres ; and of a No. io>^ 
Injector of 1887, io>^ millimeters ; (a millimetre is equal to 0.03937")- Each in- 
jector is composed of the simplest form of tube and casing that will produce the 
desired results, combining the fewest possible movements to start and operate, with, 
high efficiency and small consumption of steam ; facility of repair is also well con- 
sidered, and although beauty of design and finish of parts are not essential to the 
actual working of the injector, yet they instinctively suggest greater care upon 
the part of the operator, and therefore tend indirectly to prolong the life of the 
instrument. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 339 



Plate No. 269. 




VIEW OF I.OCOMOTIVE CAB. 

Showing the method of attaching the Self- Acting Injector of 1887. The 
door of the cab has been removed to show the waste-pipe, the frame fits neatly 
around the injector body, the steam and feed pipes are inside and protected, and 
the starting lever and the regulating valve are within easy reach of the engineer. 



340 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 

The following pages contain all necessary information regarding the prin- 
cipal kinds of injectors which we manufacture. As each instrument is thoroughly 
tested upon our own boilers before leaving our works, the accuracy of the tables 
of capacity can be depended upon. 

THE IMPROVED SELF-ACTING INJECTOR OF 1887. 

The simplicity of construction of this injector, and the ease with which it 
can be started and regulated and the certainty of its action, render its use upon 
locomotives specially advantageous. It is made with several styles of bodies in 
order to adapt it to the requirements of all railroads. The form in which it was 
first manufactured is designated as Class E. Its threaded branches for pipe 
connections and the stay-bolt holes are placed in the same relative positions 
as those of the 1876 injector, so that injectors of the same size are inter- 
changeable. 

Class M, Improved, Plate No. 271, is of special construction, both in the 
size and the position of the branches ; the capacity and method of handling are the 
same as that of Class N, Improved, and the same parts, with the exception of the 
body, are used in its construction. It is interchangeable with injectors of other 
manufacture, such as the Monitor, Ohio, etc. 

Class N, Improved, Plate No. 270, is interchangeable with our Injector of 
1876 ; the waste-pipe is a hollow casting or sleeve, which slides over the lower 
end of the body and is held in place by a jam-nut ; it is made removable, so that 
the body may be placed through a circular hole in the cab-frame of the same di- 
ameter as the outside of the body, and is shown in the positio:i it usually occupies 
in the cab in Plate No. 269. The connections are Pennsylvania Railroad standard. 

For places in which the water supply does not have to be lifted, we provide 
Class N. E. , shown in Plate No. 272. Its position upon the locomotive is under 
the foot-board, and it is so constructed that the overflow valve can be placed on 
either side of the injector, which is thus either right or left hand. Although the 
form of these bodies differ, the same tubes are used, and all have the same special 
features, which may be enumerated as follows : 

a. Automatic adjustment of feed to suit all variations of steam pressure. 

b. Automatic re-starting. 

c. Wide range of capacities. 

d. High admissible temperature of the feed-water. 
€. Small expenditure of steam. 

A sectional view of a Class N injector, on page 341, shows the constructive 
features which are common to all. Steam from the boiler is admitted to the lift- 
ing steam-nozzle by drawing the starting-lever back a short distance, and when 
water appears at the overflow it is pulled all the way open ; this withdraws the 
central plug and allows the steam to discharge through the forcing steam-nozzle 
against the mass of water within the combining tube, forcing it with increased 
velocity and reducing cross section into and through the delivery tube to the 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



341 



feed pipe ; there is always a strong suction in the supply pipe, even when the 
steam -valve is wide open, so that the usual operation of starting is drawing the 
lever backward with a continuous, steady motion. The minimum is obtained by 
throttling the water-valve onl}^ ; at a steam pressure of 120 pounds, the' amount 
of water delivered can be reduced to 36 per cent, of the maximum, and to 42 per 
cent, of the maximum at 180 lbs. steam, while the range is still greater at lower 
boiler pressures ; although it is alv^ays more advantageous to use cold feed-water, 
as it enhances the certainty of action of all forms of injectors and increases the 
capacit}', it is possible to feed a boiler at 120 pounds of steam with this injector 
when the temperature of the supply is 120 degrees Fahrenheit without interfer- 
ing with the automatic action ; if the waste-valve is closed by means of the small 
lever over the waste-valve, the temperature may be raised to 136 degrees before 
the injector refuses to operate. 




When it is especially desired to use supply water at a high temperature, a 
new form of this injector (Class K.) can be supplied, for which the limiting temper- 
ature is 145 degrees at 120 pounds of steam, and 140 degrees at 180 pounds pres- 
sure. The capacity of these injectors is given in the following table, which is 
based upon recent improvements that have largely increased the delivery at iSo 
and 200 pounds steam pressure. 



342 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



TABLE I. 







CAPACITY 


PER HOUR. 




DIMENSIONS 


OF PIPES. 








Lifting 5 Feet. 






Classes L, N ; N, 


h. 


SIZE 
No. 


Steam Pressure Steam Pressure 
60 Lbs. 130 Lbs. 


Steam Pressure 
180 Lbs. 


"d^^I^eITv^ 1 water SUPPI.V 


Overflow. 




Cubic 
Feet. 


Gallons. 


1 Cubic 
Feet. 


Galloos. 


Cubic 
Feet. 


Gallons 


Iron. Copper. Iron. Copper. 
Inside. Ouiside Inside Outside 


Inside. 


4f'o 


55 


412 


71 


532 


69 


517 


J// ! ]!// 1// ,1// 


\" 


5x4 


89 


667 


121 


907 


131 


i82 


W ! ly' w \\" 


W 


6i 


129 


967 


175 


1312 


190 


1425 


\\" W W ; \\" 


n" 


7^ 


172 


1290 


2HB 


1747 


253 


1897 


\\" \\" \\" \l" 


w 


8k 


221 


1657 


300 


2250 


326 


2445 




%" 


2" 


9i 


277 


2077 


374 


2805 


407 


3052 


o// iU/ 9// 


21// 


1" 


10^ 


338 


2535 


457 


3427 


497 




1" i 1\" • "2" 


'2\" 
2- 


'iV 


11? 


405 


3037 


549 


4117 


596 


4470 


1\" 1\" 1 2^" 


i" 



THE INJECTOR OF 1876. 




The principle of the movable combining tube of the injector of 1876 de- 
pends upon the change in the internal condition of the jet at the mouth of the 
delivery tube, whenever there is a deviation from the correct proportions of water 
to steam. By m^ans of an overflow spaci at the lower end of the combining 
tube, communication is established between the jet and the piston of the combin- 
ing tube ; an excess of water supply will cause an overflow from the jet at this 
point, forcing the combining tube toward the steam-nozzle, and reducing the area 
for the inflow of water until tne normal condition of the jet is re-established. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



343 



A deficienc}' of water causes a reversal of this action and a downward 
inovement of the tube until the correct proportions again obtain. By this means 
the maximum efficiencj^ of the steam jet can be obtained under varying condi- 
tions ; the capacity of the injector increases as the steam pressure rises, and 
the temperature of the w^ater delivered to the boiler upon the minimum is almost 
preciseh' the same as that of the maximum ; the former capacity is obtained by 
reducing the steam discharge bj- inserting a taper -spindle in the steam-nozzle. 

Referring to the sectional view on page 342, H is the starting-lever, which 
is drawn back a short distance until the resistance of the main steam-valve X is 
felt ; this movement admits steam to the hollow spindle C, which discharges 
through the deliver}^ tube D, and produces a partial vacuum in the suction-pipe. 
When water appears at the overflow, the starting-lever is drawn all the way back, 
striking against the nut T, and closing the waste- valve K by means of the con- 
necting-rod, forcing the w^ater to enter the boiler. The regulation of the capacity 
is effected by adjusting the position of the lever by means of the steel latch V on 
the guide-rod J ; this alters the area of steam discharge by changing the distance 
of insertion of the taper steam- spindle, and any variation of the weight of steam 
discharged induces an automatic movement of the combining tube, which pre- 
serves the correct ratio between the weights of the water and the steam. An air- 
chamber, cored in the body, is connected with the column of water in the suction, 
pipe, so that all shocks or jars will be reduced by the elasticity of the enclosed air 
and lessen the danger of breaking the jet. 

The position and sizes of the threaded branches of the injector of 1876 
have been adopted by the Pennsylvania Railroad as the standard ; all sizes are in- 
terchangeable with corresponding sizes of our Class L, and Class N of the 1887 
pattern. This injector is very conveniently arranged for operating, as it is 
started, regulated, and stopped by means of a single lever, requiring no hand ad- 
justment for any variation of the pressure of steam, height of lift, or temperature 
of the feed water. The ratio of the minimum capacity to the maximum is 50 per 
cent., and the feed temperature may be raised to 130 degrees before the jet 
breaks. A list of capacities at 120 pounds steam pressure is given below. 

TABI,E II. 





CAPACITY 


PER HOUR. 




DIAMETERS 


OF PIPES. 




SIZE No. 


Steam Pressure, 

120 I,BS. 


Steam and 


Delivery. 


Water Supply, 




Cubic Feet. Gallons. 


Iron. 
Inside. 


Copper. 
Outside. 


Iron. 
Inside. 


ffl?e. 


3 


3S 285 


i3.// 


1// : 


fly/ 


\" 


4 


72 


540 


F' 


11" 


V 


w 


5 


112 


840 


14" 




IV 


ll// 


6 


162 


1215 


]]" 


iV 


ly 


7 


220 


1650 


ly 


li" 


ly 


ja// 


8 


290 


2175 


2- 


2'' 




2^' 


9 


365 


2737 


2- 


2" 


'1" 


2 '' 


10 


453 


3397 


9// 


2'' 1 


2" 


2Y' 



344 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 270. 




THE SELF-ACTING INJECTOR OF 1887, CLASS N, IMPROVED. 

Automatically adjusts the water supply to suit all changes in the steam 
pressure without wasting at the overflow. Re-starts automatical!)'. Lifts 
promptly and feeds .steadily with hot suction-pipe. Pennsylvania Railroad stand- 
ard connections. Capacities given in Table I., page 342. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



345 



Plate No. 271. 



& O f«/'^t) 





THE SELF-ACTING INJECTOR OF 1887, CLASS M, IMPROVED. 

Automatically adjusts the water supply to suit all changes in the steam 
pressure without wasting at the overflow. Re-starts automaticalh'. Lifts 
promptly and feeds steadily with hot suction pipe. Interchangeable with 
"Monitor" and other patterns of Injectors. For capacity, see Table I., page 342. 



346 Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Plate No. 272. 




v* 



4^- 



r 



^^^^ 



j 



INJECTOR OF 1887, CLASS N, L- 

Designed to be used under slight head of water ; other characteristics are 
the same as those of Classes L, M, and N. Automatic and self-adjusting ; capa- 
city given in Table I. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



347 



Plate No. 273. 




SELF-ADJUSTING INJECTOR OF 1876. 



Part sectional view. Injector is operated entirely by one lever. Self-ad- 
justing throughout widest ranges of steam pressures. Pennsylvania standard. 
Capacities given in Table II. , page 343. 



348 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



Sellers' Restarting Injector. 

Screwed or Flanged Connections. 

OUTSIDE views of the screwed and flanged Sellers' Restarting Injector are 
shown. The branches or flanges for steam, water supply and feed are con- 
veniently arranged, so that all the pipes may be placed close against the 
boiler wall. The overflow is directly under the water branch and can be pro- 
vided with a drip funnel and discharge pipe, 
without bending or springing the other pipe 
connections. The steam nozzle and delivery 
tubes are screwed into the body, and do not 
depend upon the pressure of the steam or of 
the delivery to hold them in place, so that 
there is no danger of leakage at these im- 
portant shoulders. The body and tubes are 
constructed of the best bronze and are designed 
to give the longest service with the least 
amount of attention and repair. 

The Injector is simply constructed, and 
contains but few parts. It is automatic in its 
action, restarting instantly after a temporary 
interruption of the steam or water supply. It 
raises the water promptly on long lifts, with 
hot or cold pipes, and gives a good range of 
capacities. 
A sectional view is given on page 349. Steam enters at the top and pass- 
ing through the steam nozzle. No. 3, discharges through 
the draft tube, No. 11, into the overflow chamber and 
thence to the air, lifting the water to the injector. The 
partial vacuum caused by the condensation of the steam 
within the combining tube raises bushing No. 5 up 
against the draft tube and holds the lower bushing, No. 
6, against the delivery tube, thus preventing the admis- 
sion of air. 

Upon removing the cap at the lower end of the 
body, the end of the delivery tube will be seen project- 
ing below the lower face of the body ; a monkey wrench 
may be used to unscrew this tube, drawing out the tubes 
and the overflow bushings at the same time. 

The size numbers of these injectors are based upon 
the diameter of the delivery tube expressed in the tenths 
of millimeters; No. 16, for instance, is ito millimeters in diameter. The pattern 




SCREWED connection. 




FLANGED. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



349 



or series, is indicated by one or more letters ; thus, A, or C, or AB. Always 
give all the figures and letters cast on the body when ordering parts for repair. 




Size of Pipe Connections, Capacities and 
Horse Power. 



Size 
Number. 


Size of Pipes. 

Steam, Water and 
Belivery. 


Capacity, Gallons per Hour. 
80 lbs. Steam. 5 feet lift. 


Horse Power, 
Medium Pressure 


Maiimum. 


Minimum. 


Throttling Engine. 


16 


¥' 


56 


35 


2 to 6 


20 


¥' 


95 


56 


6 to 10 


23 


v 


127 


64 


10 to 15 


27 


¥' 


176 


86 


15 to 20 


33 


¥' 


263 


130 


20 to 30 


40 


i" 


386 


165 


30 to 45 


4.5 


1" 


488 


204 


45 to 65 


60 


\" 


603 


253 


65 to 90 


•57 


\^-" 


784 


329 


80 to 120 


64 


V" 


988 


395 


100 to 140 


75 


1 '" 


1350 


594 


140 to 175 


86 


il- 


1773 


780 


175 to 240 


98 


2'' 


2300 


1010 


240 to 300 


110 


2" 


2900 


1276 


300 to 400 


120 


"1" 


3450 


1520 


400 to 950 



FOR STATIONARY, PORTABLE, 
TRACTION, MARINE BOILERS, ETC. 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



351 



I IV i> E> x:. 



PAGE 

Accumulator, hydraulic, . .228,229 

Angle belt-drive, 329-331 

Angle bending machines, . 281-233 

belt driven, 231, 232 

hydraulic, 233 

Awards, 4 

Axle lathes, 106, 107 

Baldwin Locomotive Works, 

craues, 265, 267, 269, 288, 300 

Beam-bending machiues, . . 231-233 

multiple punches, 187-191 

straightening machines, . . . 231-233 

Bearings, pedestal, 32.5 

quill, 337 

self oiling, 326 

step, 329 

Bending rolls, 234-245 

Bending machines for beams, 231-233 

for pipe, 283 

Boiler drills, 30-33 

Bolt cutters, 6-11 

Boring bars, 65 

Boring bench, 98-99 

Boring machines, 44-69 

car wheels, 66-69 

cylinders 56-60, 62-65 

floor, 50-55 

horizontal, 44-63 

pulleys. 66 

quartering, 49 

Boring and turning mills, . .70-79 

5 feet, 70, 76 

6 feet, 74 

7 feet, 71, 75, 77 

8 feet, 72 

10 feet, 73 

12 feet, 78, 79 

for steel tires, 74, 77 

with sliding upright, 73, 79 

Cages, hoisting, 256 

Cannon, turning and boring, . . .98-99 

Car cranes, 272-273 

Car wheels, boring machine, . . 60-69 

lathe, 101 

presses, 250-253 



PAGE 

Carrier pulleys, .329 

Centre heads for shapers, 144 

Channel-bar punch, . . .187-191,195 

Chasing lathe, 100 

Cold saw, 130 

Cotter drill, 42 

Couplings for shafting, 328 

Crab hoist, 260, 261 

Cranes, 262-301 

car, 272, 273 

gantry, 281 

hydraulic, 274-277 

jib, 263-277 

locomotive, 273 

swing, 263-279 

travelling, 278-301 

Cylinder boring machines, 

56-60, 62-65 

Dies for bolt cutters, 6, 8 

Diplomas, 4 

Double traverse drill, 24,25 

Drill grinding machine, . . . .118-120 
pointing attachment, .... 118, 119 

Drilling machines, 12-55 

boiler shells, 30-33 

connecting rods, 24, 25 

cotter, 42 

coupling marine, 48 

eye-bars, 24, 25 

horizontal, 44-55 

multiple, 26-33 

rail, 18-23 

radial, 36-41 

traverse, 42-43 

universal, 34, 35 

vertical, 12-17 

wheel, 29, 49 

Drill presses, vertical, .... 12-43 

Drills, correct shape, 118 

Dynamometer, traction, 317 

Electric cranes, 2(i2-301 

Emery, A. H. testing machines, 3(»9-322 
Eye-bar drilling machine, . . . . 24, 25 
Facing machine, pipe flanges, .61 
Fish-plate punches, 192,193 



352 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



PAGE 

Flange facing machine, 61 

Forcing machine, baud, . . 246, 249 

Gag- block for punches, 178 

Gap-lathe, 94-98 

Gear-cutter, 131 

Giffard, H. J., injector, 338 

Grinding machine, drill, . . .118-120 

tool, 121-129 

Grindstone box, 117 

Guns, 16" lathe, 98, 99 

Hammers, steam, 204-213 

single upright, 20-5-211 

double upright, 212, 218 

table of sizes, 208 

Hand forcing machine, . . 246, 247 

Hanger-boxes, 326-328 

Hanger for shafting, 326 

Hobs for bolt cutters, 8 

Hoisting attachments, wheel boring, 

67-69 

for wheellathe, 112-115 

Hoisting cages, 256 

crabs, 260, 261 

machines, 256-261 

Hydraulic, bending machines, ... 233 

cranes, 274-277 

presses, 233, 250-255 

testing machine, .309-322 

I-beams, punches, 187-191 

Injectors, 338-349 

capacity, 342, 343-349 

history of, 338 

interchaugeability of parts, . ..338-340 

method of attaching, 3.39 

not afTected by jars, 343 

small expenditure of steam, . 340-343 
temperature of feed- water, .... 341 
tested before shipment, . . . 340, 341 

wide range, . 340-343 

Injectors of 1876, . . . 342-344, 347 

1887, 339-342, 344-326 

restarting, 348, 349 

Lathes, 80-116 

32", 81 

16", 83 

20", 85, 94, 95, 100 

25", 86 

36", 87 

36", rock shaft, 102, 103 

42", 88 



PAGE 

Lathes, 60", 90,91 

72", 92, 96, 97 

96", 98, 99 

122", 93 

axle, 106, 107 

chasing, 100 

gap, 94, 95, 96, 98 

gun, 98, 99 

roll, 91 

pulley, 104, 105 

turret, 100, 108 

wheel, 101,109-116 

rock shaft, 102, 103 

Lubrication of shafting, . . 326, .328 

Mandrel presses, 248,249 

Medals awarded, 4 

Medal press, 254,2-55 

Milling machines, 131-137 

gear cutting, 131 

horizontal, 132-135 

for test specimens, 134-1.36 

vertical, 136,137 

Millwrighting, 334 

Mint, U. W. press for, 254, 255 

Mixing machine for sand, . . . .302 

Pedestal bearings, 325 

Pennsylvania R. R. cranes . . 274-277 

injector connections, 343, 344 

Pillar cranes, hydraulic, . . . 274, 275 

steam, 265 

Planing machines, 156-177 

shifting belt, 156-163 

spiral geared, 164-169 

for connecting rods, 170 

for frames, 171 

for plates, 175-177 

for rails, 172 

for switches, 172 

table of sizes, 158 

Planing machines, rotary . . 138, 139 

Plate girder punches, 188-191 

Plate planers, 175-177 

Presses, hand-forcing, 246-249 

hydraulic bending, 233 

mandrel, . , 248,249 

medal, 254, 255 

wheel, 250-253 

table of sizes, 250 

Pulleys, 328-332 

boring machines, 66 

carrier, 329 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



353 



PAGE 

Pulleys, friction 330 

lathe, 104, 105 

rope, 332 

Pump, accumulator, 228, 229 

testing machine, 313 

wheel press, 250 

Punching machines, . . .178-195 

combined, 180, 181 

crank, 179-181 

horizontal, 194, 195 

lever, 182-195 

multiple, 187-191 

spacing, 182, 188, 191 

splice plate, 192, 193 

Punching and shearing 

machines, 178-203 

Quartering attachment for 

lathes, 110-115 

Quartering machine, 49 

Quarter twist belt, 329 

Quill bearing, 336,337 

Radial drilling machines, . .36-41 
Rail drilling machines, .... 13-23 

Railway turntables, 303-308 

Riveting machines, 214-227 

hydraulic, 215-219 

portable, 222-227 

pneumatic, 222, 223 

steam, 214, 220, 221 

Rolls, bending, 234-245 

for boiler work, 234, 236-245 

for ship plates, 241-243 

hand, 235 

vertical 244 

straightening, 245 

Roll turning lathe, 91 

Rope transmission, 330-332 

Rotary Planer. 138,139 

Sand-mixing machine, 302 

Saw, cold, 130 

Scale for hydraulic testing 

machine, 312-315 

Screwing machines, 6-11 

Screw threads, 8 

Setting machine, for angles, . 232, 233 

Shafting, 323-337 

couplings, 828 

friction clutches for, 330 

history of development of manu- 
facture 324 

lubrication of, 326-328 



PAGE 

Shafting, millwrighting depart- 
ment, 334 

price-list, 326 

quill-bearing. 336, 337 

rope transmission, 330-332 

scale of prices for each article, . . 324 

skillful erection, 334 

standard articles kept in stock, . . 326 
and nominal sizes of shafts, . . . 326 
tables for laying out and propor- 
tioning, 326 

vertical, 329 

Shafts, hand-forcing machine for, 

246, 247 
straightening machine for, .... 231 

Shaping machines, 140-147 

centre heads, 144 

cylinder, 145 

double, 142, 143 

driving box, 146, 147 

planing and slotting, 174 

Shearing machines, 196-203 

crank, 196 

lever, 197 

for angles, 202, 203 

for bars, 198-200 

for plates, 201 

Sheaves for rope transmission, . . .332 
Ship plates, bending rolls, . . 241-243 

Slabbing machine, 134, 135 

Slotting machines, 148-155 

30'' to 72'', 148-152 

for locomotive frames, . . . 154, 155 

for locomotive links, 153 

for locomotive cylinder ports, . . 153 

for plates, ... 153 

Spacing carriage for punch, 190,191 

table for punch, 182, 188, 189 

Splice-plate, punch, 192, 193 

Steam hammers, 204-213 

Straightening and bending 

machines for angles, . 231-233 

for beams, 232 

for shafts, 231-233 

Straightening and bending 

rolls, 245 

Testing machines, hydraulic, 309-322 
absence of kuife-edges and friction, 309 

pump, 313 

scale, 312-315 

support, 310, 311, 312 



354 



Wm. Sellers & Co., Incorporated, Philadelphia, Pa. 



PAGE 

Testing machines, 

weighiDg-head, 316 

Test Specimens, milling 

machines for, 134-136 

Tires, steel, boring and turning, 74-77 
Tool grinding machine, . . . 121-129 
Tools, cutting, shapes, . . . 127,128,129 

Traverse drill, 42,43 

Turning and boring mills, . .70-79 



PAGE 

Turntables, railway, 303-808 

shop, 305-807 

Universal drill, 34,35 

Wheel, car, boring machine, . . . 66-69 

lathe, 101, 109-116 

drill, .29,49 

Wheel press, hand, 246-249 

hydrostatic, 250-253 

Whitworth, screw thread, 8 



